Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-04-20 11:37:52 +0000 (Thu, 20 Apr 2017)
New Revision: 97301
Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/base.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cio.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/control.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/country.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/isns.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journal.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/mail.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/migration.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/network.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/packager.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pam.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/printer.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/qt.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/rear.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/registration.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/s390.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/security.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/slp.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/smt.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sound.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/squid.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/storage.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/support.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/tune.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/update.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/users.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vm.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/wol.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,445 +14,427 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54
msgid "Creator for add-on products"
msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios"
-#. command line help text for 'create' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67
+#. command line help text for 'create' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67
msgid "Create and build a new add-on product."
msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional."
-#. command line help text for 'clone' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77
+#. command line help text for 'clone' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77
msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one."
msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en uno existente."
-#. command line help text for 'sign' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87
+#. command line help text for 'sign' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87
msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product"
msgstr "Firmar producto complementario no firmado"
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97
msgid "List available add-on product configurations."
msgstr "Lista de configuraciones de productos adicionales disponibles."
-#. command line help text for 'create' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107
+#. command line help text for 'create' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107
msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration."
msgstr "Generar un producto adicional usando la configuración seleccionada."
-#. command line help text for 'create' action
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117
+#. command line help text for 'create' action
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117
msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration."
msgstr "Suprimir la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada."
-#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125
+#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125
msgid "Path to directory with packages"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes"
-#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name)
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132
+#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name)
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132
msgid "Path to content file"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de contenido"
-#. command line help text for 'existing' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139
+#. command line help text for 'existing' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139
msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product"
msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente"
-#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146
+#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146
msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)"
msgstr "Generar nuevas descripciones de paquetes (no copiar)"
-#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152
+#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152
msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de paquetes"
-#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159
+#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159
msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de patrones"
-#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166
+#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166
msgid "Path to the output directory"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida"
-#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173
+#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173
msgid "Create the ISO image"
msgstr "Crear la imagen ISO"
-#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179
+#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179
msgid "Name of the output ISO image"
msgstr "Nombre de la imagen ISO de salida"
-#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186
+#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186
msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida para la imagen ISO"
-#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193
+#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193
msgid "Do not sign the product"
msgstr "No firmar el producto"
-#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199
+#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199
msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product"
msgstr "ID de la clave GPG usada para firmar un producto"
-#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206
+#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206
msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key"
msgstr "Contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG"
-#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213
+#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213
msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key"
msgstr "Vía al archivo con la contraseña codificada para la clave GPG"
-#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220
+#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220
msgid "Resign all packages with selected key."
msgstr "Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada."
-#. command line help text for 'workflow' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226
+#. command line help text for 'workflow' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226
msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de definición del flujo de trabajo (installation.xml)"
-#. command line help text for 'y2update' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233
+#. command line help text for 'y2update' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233
msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)"
-msgstr ""
-"Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)"
+msgstr "Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)"
-#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240
+#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240
msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow"
msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes YaST para formar el flujo de trabajo"
-#. command line help text for 'license' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247
+#. command line help text for 'license' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247
msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)"
-msgstr ""
-"Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)"
+msgstr "Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)"
-#. command line help text for 'info' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254
+#. command line help text for 'info' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254
msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)"
msgstr "Vía al directorio del texto de información (media.1/info.txt)"
-#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261
+#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261
msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de dependencias adicionales (EXTRA_PROV)"
-#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268
+#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268
msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product"
msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario"
-#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275
+#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275
msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration."
msgstr "No generar el producto, solo guardar la configuración."
-#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list'
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281
+#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list'
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281
msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)."
-msgstr ""
-"Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para "
-"conocer los números de los productos)."
+msgstr "Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para conocer los números de los productos)."
-#. command line help text for 'changelog' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288
+#. command line help text for 'changelog' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288
msgid "Generate a Changelog file."
msgstr "Generar archivo de registro de cambios."
-#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294
+#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294
msgid "Do not generate the release package."
msgstr "No generar el paquete de distribución."
-#. command line help text for 'product_file' option
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300
+#. command line help text for 'product_file' option
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300
msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)"
msgstr "Vía al archivo con la descripción del producto (*.prod)"
-#. error message, %1 is path
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398
+#. error message, %1 is path
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe."
-#. error message, %1 is path
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405
+#. error message, %1 is path
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405
msgid "Directory %1 does not exist."
msgstr "El directorio %1 no existe."
-#. question on command line
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454
+#. question on command line
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454
msgid "Passphrase for key %1:"
msgstr "Contraseña codificada para la clave %1:"
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475
msgid "Path to output directory is missing."
msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de salida."
-#. error message, missing tool
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609
+#. error message, missing tool
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609
msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists"
msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip no existe"
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733
msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing."
msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de paquetes."
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742
msgid "Path to content file is missing."
msgstr "Falta la vía al archivo de contenido."
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756
msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing."
msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de complementos existente."
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774
msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing."
msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio con complementos."
-#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813
+#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813
msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2"
msgstr "(%1) Nombre del producto: %2"
-#. command line summary
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821
+#. command line summary
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821
msgid "\tVersion: %1"
msgstr "\tVersión: %1"
-#. command line summary
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828
+#. command line summary
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828
msgid "\tInput directory: %1"
msgstr "\tDirectorio de entrada: %1"
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834
msgid "\tOutput directory: %1"
msgstr "\tDirectorio de salida: %1"
-#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842
+#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842
msgid "\tPatterns: %1"
msgstr "\tPatrones: %1"
-#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone'
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864
-msgid ""
-"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the "
-"'create' or 'clone' commands."
-msgstr ""
-"No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una "
-"nueva usando los comandos create o clone."
+#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone'
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864
+msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands."
+msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una nueva usando los comandos create o clone."
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876
msgid "Specify the add-on product to build."
msgstr "Indique el producto adicional que desea generar."
-#. command line message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917
+#. command line message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917
msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present."
msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración para productos adicionales."
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924
msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted."
msgstr "Indique la configuración de producto adicional que desea suprimir."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99
msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de productos adicionales"
-#. summary item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128
+#. summary item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128
msgid "Input directory: %1<br>"
msgstr "Directorio de entrada: %1<br>"
-#. summary item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133
+#. summary item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133
msgid "Output directory: %1<br>"
msgstr "Directorio de salida: %1<br>"
-#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142
+#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142
msgid "Patterns: %1"
msgstr "Patrones: %1"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con "
-"<b>Agregar.</b></p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156
+msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con <b>Agregar.</b></p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar la configuración de producto "
-"adicional seleccionada.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilice <b>Editar</b> para modificar la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164
+#. help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164
msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Suprima la configuración seleccionada con <b>Suprimir.</b></p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with "
-"<b>Build</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración "
-"seleccionada, use la opción <b>Generar.</b></p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166
+msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración seleccionada, use la opción <b>Generar.</b></p>"
-#. table header item
-#. summary header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476
+#. table header item
+#. summary header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476
msgid "Product Name"
msgstr "Nombre del producto"
-#. table header item
-#. input field label
-#. desctiption of pattern keys
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316
+#. table header item
+#. input field label
+#. desctiption of pattern keys
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versión"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192
msgid "&Build"
msgstr "&Generar"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247
msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?"
msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar la configuración %1?"
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450
msgid "Add-On Product Creator"
msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313
msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning"
msgstr "Crear complemento &desde el principio"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322
msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On"
msgstr "Crear complemento a partir de uno &existente"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332
msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product"
msgstr "&Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343
msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions"
msgstr "&Generar descripciones de paquetes"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460
msgid "&Add-On Product Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta del producto &adicional"
-#. textentry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126
+#. textentry label
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Versión"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468
msgid "Required Product"
msgstr "Producto requerido"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483
msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11"
msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492
msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11"
msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501
msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11"
msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510
msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3"
msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519
msgid "openSUSE 12.&3"
msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528
msgid "openSUSE 13.1"
msgstr "openSUSE 13.1"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Otro"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556
msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages"
msgstr "Vía al directorio con &paquetes adicionales"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566
msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages"
msgstr "Vía al directorio con paquetes de productos re&queridos"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647
msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible."
msgstr "No se puede acceder al directorio %1."
-#. error popup (input validation failed)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726
+#. error popup (input validation failed)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726
msgid ""
"The value of NAME may contain only\n"
"letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"."
@@ -460,126 +442,126 @@
"El valor de NAME sólo puede incluir\n"
"letras, números y los caracteres \".~_-\"."
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756
msgid "LABEL"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
-#. combo label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758
+#. combo label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758
msgid "La&nguage Code"
msgstr "Código de idio&ma"
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Valor"
-#. Heading for help popup window
-#. Heading for help popup window
-#. Heading for help popup window
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246
+#. Heading for help popup window
+#. Heading for help popup window
+#. Heading for help popup window
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ayuda"
-#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804
+#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804
msgid "Product Definition"
msgstr "Definición del producto"
-#. label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896
+#. label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896
msgid "Content File"
msgstr "Archivo de contenido"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Clave"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#. table header 2/2
-#. table header 2/2
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. table header 2/2
+#. table header 2/2
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#. label for 'Des' pattern key
-#. label for 'Des' key
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. label for 'Des' pattern key
+#. label for 'Des' key
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descripción"
-#. push button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730
+#. push button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730
msgid "Im&port"
msgstr "&Importar"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920
msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords"
msgstr "M&ostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930
msgid "Generate Release Package"
msgstr "Generar el paquete de versión"
-#. label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935
+#. label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935
msgid "Product File"
msgstr "Archivo del producto"
-#. push button label
-#. push button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342
+#. push button label
+#. push button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342
msgid "I&mport"
msgstr "I&mportar"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024
msgid "Choose the Existing Content File"
msgstr "Elegir el archivo content existente"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071
msgid "Choose the Existing Product File"
msgstr "Elegir el archivo de producto existente"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090
msgid ""
"Enter the values for these items:\n"
"%1"
@@ -587,121 +569,121 @@
"Especifique los valores de estos elementos:\n"
"%1"
-#. table item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148
+#. table item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sí"
-#. table item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150
+#. table item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171
msgid "Value of \"%1\""
msgstr "Valor de \"%1\""
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nombre"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282
msgid "Flag"
msgstr "Indicador"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285
msgid "Equal"
msgstr "Es igual a"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287
msgid "Greater than"
msgstr "Mayor que"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289
msgid "Lower than"
msgstr "Menor que"
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322
msgid "Release"
msgstr "Lanzamiento"
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310
msgid "Flavor"
msgstr "Versión"
-#. input field label
-#. table item label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735
+#. input field label
+#. table item label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735
msgid "Patch level"
msgstr "Nivel de parche"
-#. MultiSelectionBox label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414
+#. MultiSelectionBox label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414
msgid "&Packages"
msgstr "&Paquetes"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "Seleccion&ar o deseleccionar todo"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611
msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported."
msgstr "Seleccionar el archivo con el texto para importar."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633
msgid "Package Descriptions"
msgstr "Descripciones de paquetes"
-#. combobox label
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731
+#. combobox label
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731
msgid "Description File &Language Code"
msgstr "&Código de idioma del archivo de descripciones"
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741
msgid "Add Lan&guage"
msgstr "Añadir i&dioma"
-#. table header
-#. label for 'Pkg' key
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575
+#. table header
+#. label for 'Pkg' key
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575
msgid "Package"
msgstr "Paquete"
-#. table header 1/2
-#. table header 1/2
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353
+#. table header 1/2
+#. table header 1/2
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Atributo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782
msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies"
msgstr "Ubicación del archivo con &dependencias adicionales"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896
msgid "Choose the New Package Description File"
msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de descripciones de paquetes"
-#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*')
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909
+#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*')
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909
msgid ""
"The package description file is named incorrectly.\n"
"Choose another one."
@@ -709,13 +691,13 @@
"El nombre del archivo de descripciones de paquetes no es correcto.\n"
"Elija otro."
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044
msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File"
msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo EXTRA_PROV"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054
msgid ""
"The file '%1' does not exist.\n"
"Choose another one."
@@ -723,76 +705,74 @@
"El archivo %1 no existe.\n"
"Elija otro."
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090
msgid "Key Type"
msgstr "Tipo de clave"
-#. radiobutton label (key type)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104
+#. radiobutton label (key type)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104
msgid "&DSA"
msgstr "&DSA"
-#. radiobutton label (key type)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109
+#. radiobutton label (key type)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109
msgid "&RSA"
msgstr "&RSA"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119
msgid "Key &Size"
msgstr "&Tamaño de clave"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124
msgid "E&xpiration Date"
msgstr "Fecha de ex&piración"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nombre"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129
msgid "Commen&t"
msgstr "Comen&tario"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134
msgid "E-&Mail Address"
msgstr "&Dirección de correo electrónico"
-#. password widget label
-#. password entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251
+#. password widget label
+#. password entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251
msgid "&Passphrase"
msgstr "&Contraseña"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144
msgid "New GPG Key"
msgstr "Nueva clave GPG"
-#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189
+#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189
msgid ""
"Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n"
"You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están "
-"vacíos.\n"
-"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de "
-"usuarios.\n"
+"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están vacíos.\n"
+"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de usuarios.\n"
-#. feedback popup headline
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197
+#. feedback popup headline
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197
msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair"
msgstr "Generando par de claves primarias"
-#. feedback message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199
+#. feedback message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199
msgid ""
"If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n"
"the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n"
@@ -800,103 +780,103 @@
"Si tarda demasiado, realice alguna otra tarea para\n"
"aumentar la entropía del sistema operativo.\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217
msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgstr "Firmando el producto complementario"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237
msgid "GPG &Key ID"
msgstr "ID de &clave GPG"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244
msgid "&Create..."
msgstr "&Crear..."
-#. password entry label (verification)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258
+#. password entry label (verification)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258
msgid "&Passphrase Verification"
msgstr "Verificación de &contraseña codificada"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265
msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key."
msgstr "&Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302
+#. error message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302
msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again."
msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Inténtelo de nuevo."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334
msgid "Output Settings"
msgstr "Valores de salida"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358
msgid "P&ath to Output Directory"
msgstr "Ví&a al directorio de salida"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364
msgid "Create &ISO Image"
msgstr "Crear imagen &ISO"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371
msgid "Image File Name"
msgstr "Nombre del archivo de imagen"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377
msgid "&Generate Changelog"
msgstr "&Generar registro de cambios"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382
msgid "&Configure Workflow..."
msgstr "&Configurar flujo de trabajo..."
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384
msgid "O&ptional Files..."
msgstr "Archivos o&pcionales..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429
msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on."
msgstr "Especifique la vía al directorio del complemento."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Resumen"
-#. summary header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480
+#. summary header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Patrones"
-#. summary header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488
+#. summary header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488
msgid "Input Directory"
msgstr "Directorio de entrada"
-#. summary header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495
+#. summary header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495
msgid "Output Directory"
msgstr "Directorio de salida"
-#. summary line
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505
+#. summary line
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505
msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory"
msgstr "Creando imagen ISO en el directorio de salida"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79
msgid ""
"A file with this name already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -904,154 +884,154 @@
"Ya existe un archivo con este nombre.\n"
"Elija otro."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configuración avanzada"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136
msgid "&info.txt File"
msgstr "Archivo &info.txt"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141
msgid "&License Files"
msgstr "Archivos de &licencia"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "README Files"
msgstr "Archivos README"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "&Name of the New README File"
msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo archivo README"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "Choose the New README File"
msgstr "Elegir nombre del nuevo archivo README"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Language for the New License File"
msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo de licencia"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Choose the New License File"
msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de licencia"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2"
msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 2"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "©ING Files"
msgstr "Archivos ©ING"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files"
msgstr "Archivos COPY&RIGHT"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541
msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File"
msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560
msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File"
msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File"
msgstr "&Idioma para el nuevo archivo COPYING"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624
msgid "Choose the New COPYING File"
msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYING"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3"
msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 3"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "products"
msgstr "productos"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721
msgid "patches"
msgstr "parches"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724
+#. button label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "&Import"
msgstr "&Importar"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727
msgid "media"
msgstr "media"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "Workflow Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de flujo de trabajo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792
msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description"
msgstr "&Ubicación del archivo de descripción de flujo de trabajo"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules"
msgstr "Si&n módulos de YaST adicionales"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz"
msgstr "&Vía a y2update.tgz"
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&Examinar"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830
msgid "&Import the Packages"
msgstr "&Importar los paquetes"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840
+#. table header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840
msgid "YaST Module Package"
msgstr "Paquete de módulos de YaST"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Choose the installation.xml File"
msgstr "Elegir el archivo installation.xml"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911
msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File"
msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo y2update.tgz"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package"
msgstr "Elegir el paquete de módulos de YaST"
-#. Build dialog help
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36
+#. Build dialog help
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1059,8 +1039,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Creando el complemento</big></b><br>\n"
"Espere...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40
+#. Write dialog help
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1068,394 +1048,227 @@
"<p>Escribiendo las configuraciones del producto adicional<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for start menu
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
+#. help text for start menu
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
+msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Este módulo ofrece ayuda para crear un producto complementario.</p>"
-#. help text for start menu, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the "
-"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. "
-"Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente.</p>"
+#. help text for start menu, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente.</p>"
-#. help text for start menu, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate "
-"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the "
-"existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque "
-"<b>Generar descripciones de paquetes</b> para generar nuevas descripciones "
-"de los paquetes del producto existente.</p>"
+#. help text for start menu, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52
+msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque <b>Generar descripciones de paquetes</b> para generar nuevas descripciones de los paquetes del producto existente.</p>"
-#. help text for initial data (paragraph title)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56
+#. help text for initial data (paragraph title)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56
msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Nombre y versión</b></p>"
-#. help text for initial data, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60
+#. help text for initial data, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60
msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduzca el nombre y la versión del producto adicional.</p> "
-#. help text for initial data, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62
+#. help text for initial data, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Producto requerido</b></p>"
-#. help text for initial data, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This "
-"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto "
-"complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> del "
-"archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for initial data, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
-#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68
+#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68
msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Paquetes adicionales</b></p>"
-#. help text for initial data, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should "
-"form your add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben "
-"conformar el producto complementario.</p>"
+#. help text for initial data, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70
+msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben conformar el producto complementario.</p>"
-#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74
+#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74
msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Paquetes de productos requeridos</b></p>"
-#. help text for initial data, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages "
-"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will "
-"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the "
-"patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del "
-"producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se "
-"incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para "
-"crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo.</p>"
+#. help text for initial data, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo.</p>"
-#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file)
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80
+#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file)
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80
msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Edite aquí los valores del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
-#. help text for content file editor, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect "
-"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto "
-"complementario. Anule la selección de <b>Mostrar sólo palabras clave "
-"requeridas</b> para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for content file editor, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto complementario. Anule la selección de <b>Mostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas</b> para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
-#. help text for content file editor, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88
+#. help text for content file editor, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88
msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente."
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente.</p>"
-#. help text for package description files
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos "
-"<tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí.</p>"
+#. help text for package description files
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92
+msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí.</p>"
-#. help text for package description files, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The "
-"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the "
-"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions "
-"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Añadir idioma</b> para añadir un archivo de descripción para un "
-"idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de "
-"descripciones de paquetes existente con <b>Importar</b>. <b>Suprimir</b> "
-"permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones.</p>"
+#. help text for package description files, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir idioma</b> para añadir un archivo de descripción para un idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor <b>LINGUAS</b> del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de descripciones de paquetes existente con <b>Importar</b>. <b>Suprimir</b> permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones.</p>"
-#. help text for package description files, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description "
-"entries for the selected package.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar las "
-"entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado.</p>"
+#. help text for package description files, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar las entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado.</p>"
-#. help text for package description files, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package "
-"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las "
-"<b>dependencias de paquetes adicionales</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+#. help text for package description files, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las <b>dependencias de paquetes adicionales</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
-#. help text for patterns
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108
+#. help text for patterns
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108
msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí.</p>"
-#. help text for patterns, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an "
-"existing one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Nuevo</b> para crear un patrón nuevo o <b>Importar</b> para "
-"importar uno existente.</p>"
+#. help text for patterns, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112
+msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Nuevo</b> para crear un patrón nuevo o <b>Importar</b> para importar uno existente.</p>"
-#. help text for patterns, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern "
-"attributes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar los "
-"atributos del patrón.</p>"
+#. help text for patterns, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Añadir</b> y <b>Editar</b> en la segunda tabla para modificar los atributos del patrón.</p>"
-#. help text for patterns, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120
+#. help text for patterns, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required "
-"for\n"
-"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when "
-"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
+"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n"
+"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione <b>Patrones requeridos</b> para marcar como necesarios los "
-"patrones\n"
-"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán "
-"automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional.</p>"
+"<p>Seleccione <b>Patrones requeridos</b> para marcar como necesarios los patrones\n"
+"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional.</p>"
-#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be "
-"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the "
-"product in the output directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto "
-"complementario. Seleccione <b>Crear imagen ISO</b> para crear la imagen ISO "
-"del producto en el directorio de salida.</p>"
+#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124
+msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto complementario. Seleccione <b>Crear imagen ISO</b> para crear la imagen ISO del producto en el directorio de salida.</p>"
-#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all "
-"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilice <b>Generar registro de cambios</b> para crear un archivo de "
-"registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional "
-"realizados en los últimos dos años.</p>"
+#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilice <b>Generar registro de cambios</b> para crear un archivo de registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional realizados en los últimos dos años.</p>"
-#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. "
-"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, "
-"licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante "
-"<b>Configurar flujo de trabajo</b>. Use <b>Archivos opcionales</b> para "
-"configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros "
-"valores opcionales.</p>"
+#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante <b>Configurar flujo de trabajo</b>. Use <b>Archivos opcionales</b> para configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros valores opcionales.</p>"
-#. workflow help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on "
-"product workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo "
-"de trabajo del producto complementario.</p>"
+#. workflow help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario.</p>"
-#. workflow help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file "
-"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation."
-"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. "
-"Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda "
-"como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto "
-"complementario.</p>"
+#. workflow help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140
+msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto complementario.</p>"
-#. workflow help text
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, "
-"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are "
-"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the "
-"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del "
-"producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> "
-"donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update."
-"tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar los paquetes."
-"</b></p>"
+#. workflow help text
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144
+msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar los paquetes.</b></p>"
-#. help text for expert dialog 1
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on "
-"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del "
-"complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para "
-"aceptar<b></b>.</p>"
+#. help text for expert dialog 1
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148
+msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para aceptar<b></b>.</p>"
-#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and "
-"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the "
-"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para "
-"aceptarlo o rechazarlo<b></b><b></b> antes de que comience la instalación. "
-"Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se "
-"comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el "
-"directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152
+msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para aceptarlo o rechazarlo<b></b><b></b> antes de que comience la instalación. Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
-#. help text for expert dialog 2
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various "
-"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on "
-"product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas "
-"versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto "
-"complementario.</p>"
+#. help text for expert dialog 2
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156
+msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto complementario.</p>"
-#. help text for signing dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key "
-"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave "
-"secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante "
-"<b>Crear</b>.</p>"
+#. help text for signing dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160
+msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante <b>Crear</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164
+#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164
msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave "
-"secreta.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave secreta.</p>"
-#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with "
-"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione si desea <b>firmar todos los paquetes</b> del producto "
-"adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes "
-"anteriores se eliminarán.</p>"
+#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166
+msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione si desea <b>firmar todos los paquetes</b> del producto adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes anteriores se eliminarán.</p>"
-#. help text for generating new key dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves "
-"primarias.</p>"
+#. help text for generating new key dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170
+msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves primarias.</p>"
-#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 "
-"and 4096 bits long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de "
-"las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits.</p>"
+#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174
+msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits.</p>"
-#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key "
-"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, "
-"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty "
-"for a key that never expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Como <b>Fecha de expiración</b>, especifique el número de días después de "
-"los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. "
-"Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira.</p>"
+#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178
+msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Como <b>Fecha de expiración</b>, especifique el número de días después de los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira.</p>"
-#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the "
-"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Comentario</b> y <b>Dirección de correo "
-"electrónico</b> para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la "
-"nueva clave.</p>"
+#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Nombre</b>, <b>Comentario</b> y <b>Dirección de correo electrónico</b> para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la nueva clave.</p>"
-#. help text for overview dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto "
-"complementario.</p>"
+#. help text for overview dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186
+msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto complementario.</p>"
-#. help text for overview dialog, cont.
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pulse <b>Finalizar</b> para crear el producto complementario en el "
-"directorio de salida.</p>"
+#. help text for overview dialog, cont.
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Finalizar</b> para crear el producto complementario en el directorio de salida.</p>"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113
msgid "&Name of the New Pattern"
msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo patrón"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "&Arquitectura"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128
msgid "&Release"
msgstr "Ve&rsión"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150
msgid ""
"Such a pattern already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name or architecture.\n"
@@ -1463,25 +1276,25 @@
"Ya existe un patrón con este nombre.\n"
"Seleccione un nombre o una arquitectura distintos.\n"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Descripción"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202
msgid "&Summary"
msgstr "&Resumen"
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203
msgid "Ca&tegory"
msgstr "Ca&tegoría"
-#. combo label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213
+#. combo label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213
msgid "&Language Code"
msgstr "&Código de idioma"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257
msgid ""
"A key with this name already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -1489,33 +1302,33 @@
"Ya existe una clave con este nombre.\n"
"Elija otro."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319
msgid "Editor for Patterns"
msgstr "Editor de patrones"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332
+#. table header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332
msgid "Name of the Pattern"
msgstr "Nombre del patrón"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334
+#. table header
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334
msgid "Full Name"
msgstr "Nombre completo"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369
msgid "R&equired Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón &requerido"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445
msgid "Existing Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón existente"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601
+#. error message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601
msgid ""
"Such a pattern already exists.\n"
"Choose a different architecture.\n"
@@ -1523,380 +1336,315 @@
"Ya existe un patrón con ese nombre.\n"
"Seleccione una arquitectura distinta.\n"
-#. busy message
-#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53
+#. busy message
+#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Importing product..."
msgstr "Importando producto..."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139
msgid "Content file style"
msgstr "Estilo del archivo de contenido"
-#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141
+#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141
msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file."
msgstr "Debe ser la primera etiqueta del archivo de contenido."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150
msgid "Product name"
msgstr "Nombre del producto"
-#. help text for content file 'NAME' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152
+#. help text for content file 'NAME' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152
msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres "
-"de los paquetes."
+msgstr "Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres de los paquetes."
-#. label of content file BASEARCHS key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160
+#. label of content file BASEARCHS key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160
msgid "Product architectures"
msgstr "Arquitecturas admitidas"
-#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-"
-"release packages architectures. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las "
-"arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. "
+#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164
+msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. "
+msgstr "Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. "
-#. label of content file 'VERSION' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172
+#. label of content file 'VERSION' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172
msgid "Product version and release"
msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto"
-#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176
+#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176
msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>."
-msgstr ""
-"Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal."
-"secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>."
+msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal.secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>."
-#. table item label
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720
+#. table item label
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720
msgid "Release number"
msgstr "Número de versión"
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192
msgid "Distribution name"
msgstr "Nombre de distribución"
-#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used "
-"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, "
-"version and architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena "
-"se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del "
-"nombre, la versión y la arquitectura."
+#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194
+msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture."
+msgstr "Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del nombre, la versión y la arquitectura."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201
msgid "Package description directory"
msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes"
-#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206
+#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206
msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)."
-msgstr ""
-"Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del "
-"producto)."
+msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214
msgid "Package data directory"
msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes"
-#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216
+#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216
msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)."
msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
-#. help text for content file '' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no "
-"default language can be determined."
-msgstr ""
-"Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto."
+#. help text for content file '' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227
+msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined."
+msgstr "Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite <b>LINGUAS</b> o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto."
-#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234
+#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234
msgid "Languages"
msgstr "Idiomas"
-#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236
+#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236
msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code."
msgstr "Código de idioma ISO o código de idioma_código de país."
-#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243
+#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243
msgid "Default language"
msgstr "Idioma por defecto"
-#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247
+#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247
msgid "Default language code."
msgstr "Código de idioma por defecto."
-#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256
+#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256
msgid "Preselected patterns"
msgstr "Patrones preseleccionados"
-#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260
+#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260
msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product."
msgstr "Lista de patrones preseleccionados por el producto."
-#. label of content file key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267
+#. label of content file key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267
msgid "Vendor name"
msgstr "Nombre del fabricante"
-#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269
+#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269
msgid "Vendor name (free form)."
msgstr "Nombre del fabricante (formato libre)."
-#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277
+#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277
msgid "Release notes URL"
msgstr "URL de notas de la versión"
-#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281
+#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281
msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes."
msgstr "URL donde se pueden obtener las notas de la versión."
-#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288
+#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288
msgid "Update URL"
msgstr "URL de actualización"
-#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290
+#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290
msgid "URL of the update source."
msgstr "URL del origen de actualización."
-#. label of content file LABEL.lang key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300
+#. label of content file LABEL.lang key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300
msgid "Language-specific label"
msgstr "Etiqueta específica de cada idioma"
-#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching "
-"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
-msgstr ""
-"Valor de <b>LABEL</b> con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma "
-"sintaxis que los valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS, se espera un valor de <b>LABEL.lang</b> correspondiente."
+#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304
+msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
+msgstr "Valor de <b>LABEL</b> con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma sintaxis que los valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma de <b>LINGUAS</b>, se espera un valor de <b>LABEL.lang</b> correspondiente."
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitectura"
-#. label for 'Sum' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589
+#. label for 'Sum' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Resumen"
-#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340
+#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340
msgid "One line label in the default language"
msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea en el idioma por defecto"
-#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344
+#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344
msgid "One line language-specific label."
msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea específica de cada idioma."
-#. help text for 'Des' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354
+#. help text for 'Des' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354
msgid "Multiple line description in the default language"
msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas en el idioma por defecto"
-#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358
+#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358
msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific."
msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas, específica de idioma."
-#. label for 'Cat' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364
+#. label for 'Cat' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364
msgid "Category"
msgstr "Categoría"
-#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366
-msgid ""
-"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories "
-"are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
-msgstr ""
-"Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar "
-"patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar "
-"libremente."
+#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366
+msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
+msgstr "Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar libremente."
-#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370
+#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370
msgid "Language-specific version of the category."
msgstr "Versión de la categoría específica de cada idioma."
-#. label for 'Vis' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377
+#. label for 'Vis' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidad"
-#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379
+#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379
msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface."
msgstr "Define si el patrón debe estar visible en la interfaz del usuario."
-#. label for 'Prq' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388
+#. label for 'Prq' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Paquetes"
-#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390
+#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390
msgid "List of packages to install."
msgstr "Lista de paquetes para instalar."
-#. label for 'Prc' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398
+#. label for 'Prc' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398
msgid "Recommended packages"
msgstr "Paquetes recomendados"
-#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
-msgstr ""
-"Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin "
-"problemas."
+#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400
+msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
+msgstr "Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin problemas."
-#. label for 'Prs' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408
+#. label for 'Prs' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408
msgid "Suggested packages"
msgstr "Paquetes sugeridos"
-#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key
-#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key
-#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712
-msgid ""
-"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency "
-"resolution."
-msgstr ""
-"Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante "
-"la resolución de dependencias."
+#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key
+#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key
+#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712
+msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution."
+msgstr "Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante la resolución de dependencias."
-#. label for 'Ico' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418
+#. label for 'Ico' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418
msgid "Icon filename"
msgstr "Nombre de archivo de icono"
-#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420
+#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420
msgid ""
"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n"
-" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename "
-"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is "
-"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/"
-"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/"
-"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/"
-"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
+" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
msgstr ""
"Si no se especifica, se usa el nombre del patrón \n"
-" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el "
-"nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no "
-"se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas "
-"(primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /"
-"usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas "
-"y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)."
+" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas (primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)."
-#. label for 'Ord' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429
+#. label for 'Ord' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429
msgid "Pattern Order"
msgstr "Orden del patrón"
-#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing "
-"multiple patterns in the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se "
-"muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario."
+#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431
+msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface."
+msgstr "Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario."
-#. label for 'Req' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441
+#. label for 'Req' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441
msgid "Required patterns"
msgstr "Patrones requeridos"
-#. help text for 'Req' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443
+#. help text for 'Req' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443
msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern."
msgstr "Patrones que se deben instalar con este patrón."
-#. label for 'Prv' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451
+#. label for 'Prv' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451
msgid "Provided patterns"
msgstr "Patrones proporcionados"
-#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and "
-"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability "
-"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-msgstr ""
-"Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la "
-"correspondencia con <b>REQUIRES</b> desde otros elementos. Cada resolución "
-"proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por "
-"ejemplo, el paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = "
-"1.42-1</tt>."
+#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453
+msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la correspondencia con <b>REQUIRES</b> desde otros elementos. Cada resolución proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por ejemplo, el paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-#. label for 'Con' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461
+#. label for 'Con' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461
msgid "Conflicting patterns"
msgstr "Patrones en conflicto"
-#. help text for 'Con' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que "
-"proporciona la capacidad están instaladas."
+#. help text for 'Con' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463
+msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas."
-#. label for 'Obs' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471
+#. label for 'Obs' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471
msgid "Patterns made obsolete"
msgstr "Patrones obsoletos"
-#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473
+#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473
msgid ""
"When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n"
"other patterns marked as obsolete here."
@@ -1904,337 +1652,274 @@
"Cuando se instala este patrón, se desinstala cualquier \n"
"otro que esté marcado como obsoleto."
-#. label for 'Rec' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481
+#. label for 'Rec' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481
msgid "Recommended patterns"
msgstr "Patrones recomendados"
-#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no "
-"error is shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden "
-"instalar, no se muestra ningún error."
+#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483
+msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown."
+msgstr "Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden instalar, no se muestra ningún error."
-#. label for 'Sup' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491
+#. label for 'Sup' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491
msgid "Supplemented patterns"
msgstr "Patrones suplementarios"
-#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493
-msgid ""
-"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability "
-"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. "
-"Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-msgstr ""
-"Inverso de <b>Rec</b>. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada "
-"la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de "
-"dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del "
-"usuario."
+#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493
+msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
+msgstr "Inverso de <b>Rec</b>. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del usuario."
-#. label for 'Sug' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501
+#. label for 'Sug' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501
msgid "Suggested patterns"
msgstr "Patrones sugeridos"
-#. label for 'Fre' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511
+#. label for 'Fre' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511
msgid "Freshen"
msgstr "Actualizar"
-#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern "
-"specified here is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón "
-"especificado aquí está instalado."
+#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513
+msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed."
+msgstr "El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón especificado aquí está instalado."
-#. label for 'Ext' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523
+#. label for 'Ext' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523
msgid "Extends"
msgstr "Extiende"
-#. label for 'Inc' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529
+#. label for 'Inc' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529
msgid "Includes"
msgstr "Incluye"
-#. label for 'Exnh pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535
+#. label for 'Exnh pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535
msgid "Enhanced patterns"
msgstr "Patrones mejorados"
-#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541
+#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541
msgid "Conflicting packages"
msgstr "Paquetes en conflicto"
-#. label for 'Pob' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547
+#. label for 'Pob' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547
msgid "Obsolete packages"
msgstr "Paquetes obsoletos"
-#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553
+#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553
msgid "Freshened packages"
msgstr "Paquetes reactualizados"
-#. label for 'Psp' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559
+#. label for 'Psp' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559
msgid "Supplemented packages"
msgstr "Paquetes suplementarios"
-#. label for 'Pen' pattern key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565
+#. label for 'Pen' pattern key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565
msgid "Enhanced packages"
msgstr "Paquetes mejorados"
-#. help text for 'Des' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581
+#. help text for 'Des' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581
msgid "Multiple line package description."
msgstr "Descripción del paquete en varias líneas."
-#. help text for 'Sum' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591
+#. help text for 'Sum' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591
msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package."
msgstr "Resumen del paquete (etiqueta) como descripción de una sola línea."
-#. label for 'Ins' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599
+#. label for 'Ins' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599
msgid "Installation Notification"
msgstr "Notificación de instalación"
-#. help text for 'Ins' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a "
-"test version warning or a commercial license."
-msgstr ""
-"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como "
-"una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial."
+#. help text for 'Ins' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license."
+msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial."
-#. label for 'Del' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608
+#. label for 'Del' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608
msgid "Deletion Notification"
msgstr "Notificación de eliminación"
-#. help text for 'Del' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for "
-"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
-msgstr ""
-"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para "
-"su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar "
-"sin el paquete."
+#. help text for 'Del' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
+msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar sin el paquete."
-#. label for 'Eul' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617
+#. label for 'Eul' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617
msgid "EULA"
msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final"
-#. help text for 'Eul' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619
-msgid ""
-"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If "
-"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra "
-"antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el "
-"paquete no se instala."
+#. help text for 'Eul' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619
+msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
+msgstr "El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el paquete no se instala."
-#. label of key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660
+#. label of key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660
msgid "Products that must be installed"
msgstr "Productos que se deben instalar"
-#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662
-msgid ""
-"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product "
-"requirements.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir "
-"los requisitos de este producto.</p>"
+#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662
+msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir los requisitos de este producto.</p>"
-#. label of PROVIDES key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670
+#. label of PROVIDES key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670
msgid "Provided products"
msgstr "Productos proporcionados"
-#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others."
-msgstr ""
-"Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para "
-"establecer la correspondencia con el valor <b>requires</b> de otros "
-"productos."
+#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672
+msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others."
+msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para establecer la correspondencia con el valor <b>requires</b> de otros productos."
-#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680
+#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680
msgid "Conflicting products"
msgstr "Productos en conflicto"
-#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682
-msgid ""
-"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra "
-"que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas."
+#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682
+msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas."
-#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690
+#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690
msgid "Products made obsolete"
msgstr "Productos que quedan obsoletos"
-#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692
-msgid ""
-"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a "
-"name matching this keyword."
-msgstr ""
-"Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre "
-"coincida con esta palabra clave."
+#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692
+msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword."
+msgstr "Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre coincida con esta palabra clave."
-#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700
+#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700
msgid "Recommended products"
msgstr "Productos recomendados"
-#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill "
-"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"Versión débil de <b>requires.</b> Se intenta cumplir con <b>RECOMMENDS,</b> "
-"pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer "
-"ninguna coincidencia."
+#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702
+msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
+msgstr "Versión débil de <b>requires.</b> Se intenta cumplir con <b>RECOMMENDS,</b> pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer ninguna coincidencia."
-#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710
+#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710
msgid "Suggested products"
msgstr "Productos sugeridos"
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725
msgid "The URL for release notes RPM"
msgstr "La URL del RPM de las notas de la versión"
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730
msgid "Product description"
msgstr "Descripción del producto"
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740
msgid "Product summary"
msgstr "Resumen del producto"
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745
msgid "Product line"
msgstr "Línea del producto"
-#. help text for 'productline' key
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747
-msgid ""
-"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs "
-"and versions."
-msgstr ""
-"Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de "
-"servicio."
+#. help text for 'productline' key
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747
+msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions."
+msgstr "Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de servicio."
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754
msgid "Update repository key"
msgstr "Clave del repositorio de actualización"
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759
msgid "Type of media"
msgstr "Tipo de medio"
-#. help text for media type
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761
-msgid ""
-"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, "
-"ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
-msgstr ""
-"Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores "
-"posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9."
+#. help text for media type
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761
+msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
+msgstr "Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9."
-#. table item label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768
+#. table item label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768
msgid "Product flavor"
msgstr "Variante del producto"
-#. help text for media type
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770
+#. help text for media type
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770
msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live"
-msgstr ""
-"Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por "
-"ejemplo."
+msgstr "Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por ejemplo."
-#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694
+#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694
msgid "Generating Product Data"
msgstr "Generando datos del producto"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698
msgid "Find package directories"
msgstr "Buscar directorios de paquetes"
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702
msgid "Looking for package directories..."
msgstr "Buscando directorios de paquetes..."
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709
msgid "Check package architectures"
msgstr "Comprobar arquitectura de paquetes"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711
msgid "Generate content file defaults"
msgstr "Generar archivo de contenido por defecto"
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718
msgid "Checking package architectures..."
msgstr "Comprobando arquitecturas de paquetes..."
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720
msgid "Generating content file defaults..."
msgstr "Generando archivo de contenido por defecto..."
-#. Progress stage
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735
+#. Progress stage
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735
msgid "Generate package descriptions"
msgstr "Generar descripciones de paquetes"
-#. help text
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746
+#. help text
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746
msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional...<br>\n"
+msgstr "<b>Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional...</b><br>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730
msgid ""
"Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n"
"Release package will not be generated."
@@ -2242,8 +1927,8 @@
"Error al instalar el paquete obs-productconverter.\n"
"El paquete de versión no se generará."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923
msgid ""
"Build of release package failed with\n"
"'%1'."
@@ -2251,18 +1936,18 @@
"Error al construir el paquete de versión:\n"
"'%1'"
-#. error label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283
+#. error label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283
msgid "Signing of the product failed."
msgstr "Error al firmar el producto."
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301
msgid "Try again with different passphrase"
msgstr "Vuelva a intentarlo con una contraseña codificada distinta"
-#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857
+#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857
msgid ""
"Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n"
"(%2)"
@@ -2270,102 +1955,102 @@
"Contraseña codificada para la clave GPG %1\n"
"(%2)"
-#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879
+#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879
msgid "Creating the Add-On"
msgstr "Creación del complemento"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883
msgid "Write the content file"
msgstr "Escribir el archivo de contenido"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885
msgid "Create the structure of the add-on"
msgstr "Crear la estructura del complemento"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887
msgid "Write the patterns"
msgstr "Escribir los patrones"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889
msgid "Copy the packages"
msgstr "Copiar los paquetes"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891
msgid "Generate the release package"
msgstr "Generar el paquete de la versión"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893
msgid "Create MD5 sums"
msgstr "Crear sumas MD5"
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895
msgid "Sign resulting product"
msgstr "Firmar producto resultante"
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899
msgid "Writing the content file..."
msgstr "Escribiendo el archivo de contenido..."
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901
msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..."
msgstr "Creando la estructura del complemento..."
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903
msgid "Writing the patterns..."
msgstr "Escribiendo los patrones..."
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905
msgid "Copying the packages..."
msgstr "Copiando los paquetes..."
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907
msgid "Generating the release package..."
msgstr "Generando el paquete de la versión..."
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909
msgid "Creating MD5 sums..."
msgstr "Creando sumas MD5..."
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911
msgid "Signing resulting product..."
msgstr "Firmando producto resultante..."
-#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916
+#. Progress stage
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916
msgid "Create ISO image"
msgstr "Crear imagen ISO"
-#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918
+#. Progress step
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918
msgid "Creating ISO image..."
msgstr "Creando imagen ISO..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
-#. Error message (do not translate 'content'
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957
+#. Error message (do not translate 'content'
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957
msgid "Cannot write content file."
msgstr "No se puede escribir el archivo de contenido."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978
msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure."
msgstr "No se puede crear la estructura del directorio de salida."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help
-#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help
+#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41
msgid ""
"\n"
"Add-on Module Help\n"
@@ -37,8 +37,7 @@
"Ayuda del módulo de productos adicionales\n"
"------------------\n"
"\n"
-"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use "
-"esta sintaxis:\n"
+"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use esta sintaxis:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
"URL es la vía a la fuente del producto adicional.\n"
"\n"
@@ -50,109 +49,102 @@
"cd://\n"
"dvd://\n"
-#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=
\n"
-"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del "
-"servidor DNS actual como\n"
+"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos servidores de\n"
+"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada.<br />\n"
+"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del servidor DNS actual como\n"
"uno de los servidores de nombres de la zona.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
-"current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir un <b>Servidor de nombres nuevo,</b> haga clic en <b>Añadir, complete el formulario\n"
-"y haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b> Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres "
-"está incluido en la zona \n"
-"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a "
-"que se utiliza\n"
+"<p>Para añadir un <b>Servidor de nombres nuevo,</b> haga clic en <b>Añadir,</b> complete el formulario\n"
+"y haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b> Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres está incluido en la zona \n"
+"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a que se utiliza\n"
"durante la creación de la zona.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n"
"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1039,28 +1008,23 @@
"<p>Para editar o suprimir una entrada, selecciónela y haga clic en\n"
"<b>Editar</b> o en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
-"use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Registros DNS</b></big><br />\n"
-"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es "
-"necesario definir\n"
-"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias "
-"reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n"
-"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de "
-"direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n"
-"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un "
-"rango determinado.</p>\n"
+"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es necesario definir\n"
+"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n"
+"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n"
+"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un rango determinado.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
@@ -1072,8 +1036,8 @@
"a <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> con direcciones IP de <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
"a <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1081,8 +1045,8 @@
"<p>Para añadir un nuevo rango de registros DNS, haga clic en <b>Añadir,</b>\n"
"complete el formulario y después haga clic en <b>Aceptar.</b></p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>This is a summary of all data\n"
"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n"
@@ -1090,8 +1054,8 @@
"<p>Esto es un resumen de todos los datos\n"
"introducidos en el asistente de configuración hasta ahora.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n"
"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n"
@@ -1103,8 +1067,8 @@
"Los valores no se guardarán de forma permanente hasta que finalice la \n"
"configuración del servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n"
"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n"
@@ -1112,94 +1076,83 @@
"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Sincronización DNS</b></big><br />\n"
-"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de "
-"modo que coincidan con los\n"
-"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que "
-"convierten nombres de hosts en\n"
+"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de modo que coincidan con los\n"
+"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que convierten nombres de hosts en\n"
"direcciones IP).</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n"
"<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Subred actual</b> y <b>Máscara de red</b> muestran los valores de red "
-"actuales.\n"
+"<b>Subred actual</b> y <b>Máscara de red</b> muestran los valores de red actuales.\n"
"<b>Dominio</b> se toma de la configuración DHCP actual.\n"
-"<b>Primera dirección IP</b> y <b>Dirección IP secundaria</b> coinciden con "
-"el\n"
+"<b>Primera dirección IP</b> y <b>Dirección IP secundaria</b> coinciden con el\n"
"rango DHCP dinámico actual.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n"
"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice <b>Ejecutar asistente\n"
+"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice <b>Ejecutar asistente</b>\n"
"en <b>Tareas especiales.</b></p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
-"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
-"select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
" Para crear o eliminar un único registro DNS,\n"
"haga clic en <b>Añadir</b> o <b>Suprimir.</b>\n"
-"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona "
-"inversa\n"
+"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona inversa\n"
"correspondiente, seleccione <b>Sincronizar con zona inversa.</b>\n"
"Utilice <b>Eliminar rango de registros DNS coincidentes</b> \n"
-"en <b>Tareas especiales</b> para suprimir cualquier información relacionada "
-"con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango "
-"de registros DNS, seleccione\n"
+"en <b>Tareas especiales</b> para suprimir cualquier información relacionada con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango de registros DNS, seleccione\n"
"<b>Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS</b> en <b>Tareas especiales.</b></p>\n"
-#. old_range: $[
-#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
-#. "start" : 0,
-#. "from" : "192.168.10.1",
-#. "to" : "192.168.10.100"
-#. ]
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65
+#. old_range: $[
+#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
+#. "start" : 0,
+#. "from" : "192.168.10.1",
+#. "to" : "192.168.10.100"
+#. ]
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Add New DNS Record Range"
msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Edit DNS Record Range"
msgstr "Editar rango de registros DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87
msgid "&Hostname Base"
msgstr "Base de nombre de &host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154
msgid ""
"Internal error.\n"
"Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2."
@@ -1207,11 +1160,11 @@
"Error interno.\n"
"No se puede crear el rango de direcciones IP de %1 a %2."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask
-#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask
+#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195
msgid ""
"IP address %1 does not match\n"
"the current network %2/%3.\n"
@@ -1219,19 +1172,19 @@
"La dirección IP %1 no coincide con\n"
"la red actual %2/%3.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "La última dirección IP debe ser mayor que la primera."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272
msgid ""
"The IP address %1 is\n"
"outside the current\n"
@@ -1241,38 +1194,37 @@
"fuera del rango\n"
"DHCP dinámico actual %2-%3.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422
msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string."
-msgstr ""
-"Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host."
+msgstr "Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Nombre de host no válido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Dirección IP no válida."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503
msgid ""
"IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n"
"IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -1280,45 +1232,45 @@
"La dirección IP %1 no se encuentra en el rango de\n"
"direcciones IP permitidas (%2 - %3) definido en el servidor DHCP.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Regenerando entradas de zona DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Añadiendo un nuevo registro DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nombre de &host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Añadiendo rango DHCP %1 - %2 al servidor DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Eliminando registros DNS que coinciden con el rango"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Eliminando registros del rango %1 - %2 del servidor DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
-#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
+#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1326,8 +1278,8 @@
"La zona %1 no es del tipo maestro.\n"
"El servidor DNS no puede escribir ningún registro en ella.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1335,95 +1287,94 @@
"La zona %1 aún no existe en la configuración actual del servidor DNS.\n"
"¿Desea crearla?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "No se puede crear la zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Sincronizando registros DNS inversos..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor "
-"DNS.\n"
+"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor DNS.\n"
"¿Seguro que desea cancelar la operación?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Dominio"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Red"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de red"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
+#. TRANSLATORS: table label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "Registros de zona DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Nombre de host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "IP asignada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Añadir..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Tareas especiales"
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Ejecutar asistente para volver a escribir la zona DNS desde cero"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Sincronizar con zona inversa %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Sincronización del servidor DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56
msgid "Aborting the Wizard"
msgstr "Cancelando el asistente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58
msgid ""
"All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n"
"Really abort?\n"
@@ -1431,44 +1382,41 @@
"Se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el asistente.\n"
"¿Seguro que desea cancelar?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121
msgid "Add a New Name Server"
msgstr "Añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128
msgid "Edit Name Server"
msgstr "Editar servidor de nombres"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150
msgid "Server &IP"
msgstr "&IP de servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
-"defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
-"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en "
-"la zona DNS actual.\n"
-"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y "
-"la dirección IP en cada zona.\n"
+"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en la zona DNS actual.\n"
+"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y la dirección IP en cada zona.\n"
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255
msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration."
msgstr "El servidor de nombres %1 ya existe en la configuración."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range'
-#. %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range'
+#. %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319
msgid ""
"This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n"
"another one (%1-%2).\n"
@@ -1478,204 +1426,204 @@
"rango (%1 - %2).\n"
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar el nuevo?\n"
-#. Adding new range definition
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428
+#. Adding new range definition
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428
msgid "At least one name server must be defined."
msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un servidor de nombres."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444
msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: nueva zona DNS (paso 1 de 3)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562
msgid "New &Zone Name"
msgstr "Nombre de &zona nueva"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567
msgid "&Current Network"
msgstr "&Red actual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468
msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone"
msgstr "Crear &también zona inversa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494
msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: servidores de nombres de la zona (paso 2 de 3)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518
+#. TRANSLATORS: table label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518
msgid "Current Name Servers"
msgstr "Servidores de nombres actuales"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr "Nombre del servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525
msgid "IP (Optional)"
msgstr "IP (Opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592
msgid "A&dd..."
msgstr "Aña&dir..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594
msgid "&Edit..."
msgstr "&Editar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: registros DNS (paso 3 de 3)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575
msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients"
msgstr "Registros DNS para clientes DHCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580
msgid "Hostname Base"
msgstr "Base de nombre de host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582
msgid "Number to Start With"
msgstr "Número de inicio"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584
msgid "From IP"
msgstr "Desde IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586
msgid "To IP"
msgstr "Hasta IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Registros DNS - Resumen"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641
msgid "Re&verse Zone Name"
msgstr "Nombre de zona in&versa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835
msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Nombre de zona:</b> %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867
msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)"
msgstr "(Sustituyendo la zona actual por la nueva)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856
msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Nombre de zona inversa:</b> %1"
-#. name servers
-#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877
+#. name servers
+#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877
msgid "Zone Name Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de nombres de la zona:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886
msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2"
msgstr "Nombre de host: %1, IP: %2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889
+#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889
msgid "Not defined"
msgstr "Sin definir"
-#. dhcp ranges
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900
+#. dhcp ranges
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900
msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:"
msgstr "Rangos de hosts DNS:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
-#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i')
-#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
+#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i')
+#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
msgstr "Rango: %1 - %2<br />Base de nombre de host: %3, Iniciar con: %4"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
msgid "At least one DNS record must be set."
msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un registro DNS."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197
msgid "Cannot remove zone %1."
msgstr "No es posible eliminar la zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246
msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1."
msgstr "No es posible añadir servidores de nombres a la zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268
msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records."
msgstr "No se pueden añadir registros DNS de zona."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218
msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1."
msgstr "No se puede crear la zona inversa %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279
msgid "Creating DNS zone..."
msgstr "Creando zona DNS..."
-#. restore previous settings
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296
+#. restore previous settings
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296
msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..."
msgstr "Restaurando configuración DNS anterior..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307
msgid ""
"Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n"
"\n"
@@ -1687,13 +1635,13 @@
"%1\n"
"¿Desea volver al asistente?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326
msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully."
msgstr "La zona DNS se ha creado correctamente."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1701,8 +1649,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Espere...</p>"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1710,8 +1658,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Espere...</p>"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1721,8 +1669,8 @@
"Seleccione de <b>Interfaces disponibles</b> las interfaces de red a las que\n"
"el servidor DHCP debe escuchar.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n"
@@ -1733,14 +1681,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Ajustes del cortafuegos</big></b><br>\n"
"Para abrir el cortafuegos y autorizar el acceso al\n"
-"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, "
-"seleccione\n"
+"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, seleccione\n"
"<b>Abrir cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas</b>.\n"
"Esta opción sólo está disponible\n"
"si el cortafuegos está habilitado.</p>"
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
+#. help text 2/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -1749,12 +1696,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP en chroot jail, seleccione\n"
-"<b>Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail</b>. Iniciar un daemon en chroot "
-"jail\n"
+"<b>Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail</b>. Iniciar un daemon en chroot jail\n"
"es más seguro y se recomienda encarecidamente.</p>"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
+#. help text 3/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1764,8 +1710,8 @@
"Para almacenar la configuración DHCP en LDAP,\n"
"habilite la <b>Compatibilidad para LDAP</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#. help text 4/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1773,17 +1719,14 @@
"the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Declaraciones configuradas</b> muestra las opciones de configuración "
-"en uso.\n"
-"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en "
-"<b>Editar</b>.\n"
+"<p><b>Declaraciones configuradas</b> muestra las opciones de configuración en uso.\n"
+"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Editar</b>.\n"
"Para añadir una nueva, seleccione la declaración que deba incluir\n"
"a la nueva y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>."
+"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
+#. help text 5/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1797,18 +1740,17 @@
"o gestionar las claves TSIG que se pueden utilizar para la autenticación\n"
"de las actualizaciones DNS dinámicas.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración de subred</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina la <b>Dirección de red</b> y la <b>Máscara de red</b> de la subred."
+"Defina la <b>Dirección de red</b> y la <b>Máscara de red</b> de la subred.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1818,8 +1760,8 @@
"Defina el nombre del host para el que desea establecer la dirección fija\n"
"u otras opciones especiales en <b>Nombre de host</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1831,8 +1773,8 @@
"Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n"
"El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1840,13 +1782,12 @@
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Depósito de direcciones</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en <b>Nombre del depósito. \n"
+"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en <b>Nombre del depósito</b>. \n"
"Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n"
"El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1858,8 +1799,8 @@
"Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n"
"El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1867,8 +1808,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Clase</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina el nombre de la clase de hosts en <b>Nombre de clase</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1882,18 +1823,17 @@
"Para añadir una opción nueva, seleccione <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminar\n"
"una opción, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la "
-"opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>"
+"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la opción <b>DNS dinámico</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1903,8 +1843,8 @@
"Habilite la opción <b>Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred</b>\n"
"para activar las actualizaciones de DNS dinámico para esta subred.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1913,16 +1853,13 @@
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Clave TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
-"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de "
-"DNS dinámico. Use\n"
-"<b>Clave TSIG</b> para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta "
-"clave debe ser la misma\n"
-"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa "
-"(forward)\n"
+"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de DNS dinámico. Use\n"
+"<b>Clave TSIG</b> para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma\n"
+"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa (forward)\n"
"e inversa (reverse).</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1930,69 +1867,56 @@
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración global del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que "
-"el DNS\n"
-"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, "
-"seleccione\n"
+"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que el DNS\n"
+"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, seleccione\n"
"<b>Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
-"DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zonas que deben actualizarse</big></b><br>\n"
-"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique "
-"también \n"
-"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se "
-"ejecuta en la misma máquina\n"
+"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique también \n"
+"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se ejecuta en la misma máquina\n"
"que el servidor DHCP, puede dejar estas casillas vacías.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
+#. help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
-"with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
-"options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el "
-"servidor DHCP \n"
-"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por "
-"defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n"
-"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán "
-"los valores por defecto.</p>"
+"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el servidor DHCP \n"
+"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n"
+"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán los valores por defecto.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Selección de tarjeta de red</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para "
-"utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
+"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
-#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
+#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
"Si lo desea, puede especificar también el <b>Nombre del servidor DHCP</b>\n"
-"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del "
-"nombre de host.\n"
+"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del nombre de host.\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -2000,9 +1924,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuración global:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aquí puede definir varias opciones de configuración de DHCP.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -2010,30 +1934,28 @@
"<p>En <b>Nombre de dominio</b> se define el dominio para el que el\n"
"servidor DHCP asigna IPs a los clientes.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
"These values must be IP addresses.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IP del servidor de nombres primario</b> e <b>IP del servidor de "
-"nombres secundario</b> \n"
+"<p><b>IP del servidor de nombres primario</b> e <b>IP del servidor de nombres secundario</b> \n"
"Proporcione estos servidores de nombres a los clientes DHCP.\n"
"Estos valores deben ser direcciones IP.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gateway por defecto</b> permite insertar\n"
-"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los "
-"clientes.</p>"
+"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los clientes.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2041,16 +1963,13 @@
"<p>El <b>Servidor horario</b> solicita a los clientes que usen este\n"
"servidor para la sincronización de hora.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como el servidor de "
-"impresión por defecto.</p>"
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
+msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Servidor de impresión</b> define a este servidor como el servidor de impresión por defecto.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2058,20 +1977,17 @@
"<p><b>Servidor WINS</b> ofrece este servidor como servidor WINS\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
-"expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tiempo de asignación por defecto</b> define el periodo de tiempo "
-"transcurrido el cual\n"
-"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección "
-"IP.</p>"
+"<p><b>Tiempo de asignación por defecto</b> define el periodo de tiempo transcurrido el cual\n"
+"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección IP.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2080,54 +1996,48 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Información de subred</big></b></br>\n"
"Aquí encontrará información de la subred actual, como de su dirección,\n"
-"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles "
-"para los clientes.\n"
+"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles para los clientes.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
-"same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Rango de direcciones IP</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina aquí la <b>Primera dirección IP</b> y la <b>Última dirección IP</b>\n"
-"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma "
-"máscara de red.\n"
+"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma máscara de red.\n"
"Por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> y <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque\n"
"<b>Permitir BOOTP dinámico</b> si el rango especificado debe ser asignado\n"
"dinámicamente tanto a clientes BOOTP y como a clientes DHCP</p>.\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tiempo de asignación</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto<b></b> para el rango de "
-"direcciones IP en uso,\n"
-"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los "
-"clientes.<br></p>"
+"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto<b></b> para el rango de direcciones IP en uso,\n"
+"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los clientes.<br></p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Máximo</b> (valor opcional) define el periodo de tiempo máximo\n"
-"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP."
-"</p>"
+"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
+#. Help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2137,18 +2047,17 @@
"Para indicar la configuración completa del servidor DHCP, haga clic en \n"
"<b>Configuración experta del servidor DHCP</b>.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Administración de equipos</big></b><br>\n"
-"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de "
-"direcciones IP.</p>"
+"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de direcciones IP.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2162,20 +2071,18 @@
"<p>Para modificar un equipo ya configurado, selecciónelo en la tabla,\n"
"cambie los valores y pulse <b>Cambiar en la lista</b>.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir de la "
-"lista</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir de la lista</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#. help text 1/7
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccione el tipo de declaración que añadir</p>"
-#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
+#. help text 2/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2183,8 +2090,8 @@
"<p>Seleccione <b>Subred</b> para añadir una\n"
"declaración de red.</p>"
-#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
+#. help text 3/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2192,8 +2099,8 @@
"<p>Para añadir un host que necesite parámetros especiales\n"
"(una dirección fija normalmente), seleccione <b>Equipo</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
+#. help text 4/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2201,158 +2108,154 @@
"<p>Seleccione <b>Red compartida</b> para añadir una red \n"
"compartida (red física con múltiples redes lógicas).</p>"
-#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
+#. help text 5/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccione <b>Grupo</b> para añadir un grupo de declaraciones\n"
-"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de "
-"configuración).</p>"
+"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de configuración).</p>"
-#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
+#. help text 6/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
"subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de direcciones</b> para añadir un depósito de "
-"direcciones\n"
-"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a "
-"pesar de estar\n"
+"<p>Seleccione <b>Depósito de direcciones</b> para añadir un depósito de direcciones\n"
+"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a pesar de estar\n"
"en la misma subred.</p>"
-#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
+#. help text 7/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
"select <b>Class</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para crear una clase de condición que se pueda utilizar \n"
-"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que "
-"pertenezcan,\n"
+"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que pertenezcan,\n"
"seleccione <b>Clase</b>.</p>"
-#. selection box
-#. selection box
-#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
+#. selection box
+#. selection box
+#. selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "Direcc&iones"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "La dirección indicada no es válida."
-#. message popup
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
+#. message popup
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos una dirección."
-#. selection box
-#. Handle the event on the popup
-#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id
-#. @param [String] key string option key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
-#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
+#. selection box
+#. Handle the event on the popup
+#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id
+#. @param [String] key string option key
+#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
+#. selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Valores"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "Las direcciones indicadas no son válidas."
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un par de direcciones."
-#. table item, means switched on
-#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
+#. table item, means switched on
+#. table item, means switched on
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "Encendido"
-#. table item, means switched off
-#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
+#. table item, means switched off
+#. table item, means switched off
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Apagado"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "Se debe indicar un valor."
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Nueva dirección"
-#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
+#. int field
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Nuevo valor"
-#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
+#. label (in role of help text)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Si especifica más de una dirección, sepárelas con espacios."
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Añadir par de direcciones"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "La dirección más baja ha de estar por debajo de la dirección más alta."
-#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
+#. label -- help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Si modifica esto, debe actualizar también la configuración del syslog."
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &hardware"
-#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
-#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
+#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
+#. translation would decrease the understandability
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "Dirección &MAC"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección IP más &baja"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección IP más &alta"
-#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
+#. Yes-No popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2360,8 +2263,8 @@
"Si deja sin guardar la configuración del servidor DHCP, se\n"
"perderán todos los cambios. ¿Está seguro de que desea salir?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2371,20 +2274,19 @@
"no podrá servir a la red.\n"
"¿Desea continuar?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona "
-"del cortafuegos.\n"
+"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n"
"%1\n"
"Ejecute la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarlas a una zona."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2392,10 +2294,10 @@
"La interfaz de red %1 no se menciona en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n"
"Utilice la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarla a una zona."
-#. popup message
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
+#. popup message
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2403,188 +2305,188 @@
"Esta función no está disponible durante la\n"
"preparación para la instalación automática."
-#. tree widget
-#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#. tree widget
+#. tree widget
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "Declaraciones &configuradas"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "DNS &dinámico"
-#. combo box
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#. combo box
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona directa"
-#. combo box
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220
+#. combo box
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona inversa"
-#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798
+#. popup headline
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Seleccionar archivo con clave de autenticación"
-#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Aplicar cambios"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Ejecutar servidor DHPC en chroot jail"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "Avan&zado"
-#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096
+#. item of a menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Mostrar ®istro"
-#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098
+#. item of a menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de &interfaz"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "Dirección de &red"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de red"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Nombre de grupo"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "&Nombre del depósito"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Nombre de red compartida"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "&Nombre de clase"
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces disponibles"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Abrir &cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "&Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zona"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS &primario"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "Zona in&versa"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS pri&mario"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DHCP..."
-#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Comprobar el entorno"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración del servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Leer configuración del servidor DNS"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2600,8 +2502,8 @@
" \n"
" Cancelando el proceso ahora."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2609,8 +2511,8 @@
"No se puede determinar el nombre de host. La configuración\n"
"del servidor DHCP basada en LDAP no está disponible."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2618,111 +2520,111 @@
"El servidor DHCP no parece haber sido configurado\n"
"todavía. ¿Desea crear una nueva configuración?"
-#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Reiniciar el servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Escribir configuración del servidor DNS"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DNS..."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon DHCP."
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "El servidor DHCP se inicia al arrancar el sistema."
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "El servidor DHCP no se inicia al arrancar el sistema."
-#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
+#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Escuchar en: %1"
-#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
+#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Rango de direcciones dinámicas: %1"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "El soporte para múltiples dhcpServiceDN no está implementado."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "El DN del servicio DHCP no se ha definido."
-#. %1 is LDAP record key
-#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#. Error report
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
+#. %1 is LDAP record key
+#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#. Error report
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1."
-#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
+#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
-#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
+#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al escribir /etc/dhcpd.conf."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,692 +14,671 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del servidor DNS"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Configuración del inicio"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
msgid "DNS forwarders"
msgstr "Redireccionadores DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Configuración del registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
msgid "DNS zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
msgid "Access control lists"
msgstr "Listas de control de acceso (ACL)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
msgid "Zone transport rules"
msgstr "Reglas del transporte de zonas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
msgid "Zone name servers"
msgstr "Servidores de nombres de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
msgid "Zone mail servers"
msgstr "Servidores de correo de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
msgstr "Registros del recurso de zona tales como A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
msgstr "Procesa al mismo tiempo A y el registro PTR correspondiente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS durante el arranque"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
msgid "Start DNS server manually"
msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS manualmente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Añadir nuevo registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Eliminar un registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
msgid "IPv4 address"
msgstr "Dirección IPv4 "
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
msgstr "Destino del registro (syslog|file)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
msgid "Set option"
msgstr "Definir opción"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
msgstr "Nombre de archivo para el registro (vía completa)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo del registro [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-"Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación"
+msgstr "Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
msgid "Zone name"
msgstr "Nombre de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
msgstr "Tipo de zona, maestra o esclava"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "DNS zone master server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS maestro de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Habilitar opción"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Inhabilitar opción"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un "
-"punto o un nombre relativo)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un "
-"punto o un nombre relativo)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
msgstr "Prioridad del servidor de correo (número entre 0 y 65535)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
msgid "Serial number of zone update"
msgstr "Número de serie de la actualización de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
msgstr "Tiempo de vida general de los registros en la zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
msgstr "Intervalo antes del cual deben actualizarse los registros de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
msgstr "Intervalo entre reintentos de actualizaciones fallidas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-"Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar "
-"autorizados"
+msgstr "Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar autorizados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
msgstr "TTL mínimo que debe exportarse con los registros de esta zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr ""
-"Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR"
+msgstr "Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
msgstr "Consulta DNS, como ejemplo.org para el registro A"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-"Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de "
-"ejemplo.org"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de ejemplo.org"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
msgstr "Nombre de host para el registro DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
msgid "Log named queries %1"
msgstr "Registrar consultas DNS %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
msgid "Log zone updates %1"
msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
msgstr "Lista de redireccionadores de zona separados por comas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr "Se necesita el parámetro %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr "Valor desconocido para el parámetro %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr "Ajustes de inicio:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr "Activando el servidor DNS durante el arranque..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr "Eliminando el servidor DNS del proceso de arranque..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "El servidor DNS se habilita durante el arranque."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "El servidor DNS debe iniciarse manualmente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "Remisión:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "IP del redireccionador"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
+#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro de acción."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "Destino del registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr "Registro del sistema"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr "Archivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nombre de archivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr "Número máximo de versiones"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr "Registrar solicitudes al servidor DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Ajustes de registro:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "Configuración"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - basic-options listing
+#. Table header item - ACL-options
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr "Regla de registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "Zonas DNS:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nombre"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
-#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
+#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "Servidor maestro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Redireccionadores"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr "Predefinida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Personalizada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr "Listas ACL:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr "Transporte de zona:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "ACL activada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de nombres:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr "Servidor de nombres"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de correo:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Servidor de correo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioridad"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Clave"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr "Consulta de registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr "Tipo de registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "Valor del registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr "Registro de nombre de host:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Nombre de host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136
msgid "DNS Server Installation"
msgstr "Instalación del servidor DNS"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31
msgid "Forwarder Settings"
msgstr "Configuración del redireccionador"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138
msgid "Finish Wizard"
msgstr "Finalizar asistente"
-#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152
+#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152
msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>"
msgstr "<li>Redireccionadores: %1</li>"
-#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155
+#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155
msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>"
msgstr "<li>Dominios: %1</li>"
-#. check box
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
+#. check box
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo"
-#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188
+#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188
msgid "Start-up Behavior"
msgstr "Comportamiento durante el inicio"
-#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196
+#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196
msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting"
msgstr "&Activar: iniciar ahora y durante el arranque"
-#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199
+#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199
msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually"
msgstr "&Desactivar: solo iniciar manualmente"
-#. Push Button - start expert configuration
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208
+#. Push Button - start expert configuration
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208
msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DNS..."
-#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS"
-#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
+#. T: ComboBox label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr "&Directiva de resolución de DNS local"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está inhabilitada"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr "Fusión automática"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está habilitada"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Configuración personalizada"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Directiva personalizada"
-#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
+#. T: ComboBox label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr "&Redireccionador de resolución de DNS local"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Usando servidores de nombres del sistema"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Este servidor de nombres (enlazar)"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local"
-#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
+#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "Añadir dirección IP"
-#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
+#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "&Dirección IPv4 o IPv6"
-#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
+#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
+#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "&Lista de redireccionadores"
-#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
+#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr "No es posible definir el redireccionador local como %{forwarder}"
-#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
+#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "No se encuentra una equivalencia local para la IP %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
+#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
@@ -709,12 +688,12 @@
"La dirección IP %1 se usa ahora en este servidor, por lo que\n"
"se ha cambiado a su equivalente local %2."
-#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
+#. both IPv4 and IPv6
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6 no válida"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
@@ -722,47 +701,47 @@
"Una dirección IPv6 está formada por letras a-f, números\n"
"y el carácter dos puntos."
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "El remitente especificado ya está presente."
-#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
+#. Frame label for Basic-Options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Añadir o cambiar opción"
-#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
+#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "O&pción"
-#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
-#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
+#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
+#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Valor"
-#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
-#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
+#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
+#. Pushbutton - Change Record
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "C&ambiar"
-#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
+#. Table label for basic-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Opciones actuales"
-#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#. Table header item - basic-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Opción"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -770,8 +749,8 @@
"¿Está seguro de que desea definir\n"
"esta opción sin ningún valor?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -779,8 +758,8 @@
"La opción %1 sólo puede tener definidos los valores sí y no.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -788,8 +767,8 @@
"La opción %1 sólo puede ser un número.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -797,8 +776,8 @@
"En esta opción no se usan correctamente las comillas.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -806,8 +785,8 @@
"En esta opción no se usan correctamente los paréntesis.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n"
-#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
+#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -815,78 +794,78 @@
"La opción %1 sólo se debe definir una vez.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea añadir otra?\n"
-#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#. Table header - logging options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Tipo de registro"
-#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
+#. Radiobutton - log type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&Registro del sistema"
-#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
+#. Radiobutton - log type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Archivo"
-#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
+#. IntField - max. log size
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "&Tamaño máximo (MB)"
-#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
+#. IntField - max. log age
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Número máximo de &versiones"
-#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
+#. Frame label - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Registro adicional"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Registrar todas las &consultas DNS"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Registrar &actualizaciones de zona"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Registrar &transferencias de zona"
-#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
+#. popup headline
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para el registro"
-#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
+#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Configuración de opciones"
-#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
+#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nombre"
-#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#. Table header - ACL-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Lista ACL actual"
-#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
+#. Table header item - ACL-options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
-#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
+#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -894,157 +873,155 @@
"Esta ACL es utilizada por %1 zonas.\n"
"¿Seguro que desea eliminarla?\n"
-#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
+#. An error popup message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "La entrada de ACL indicada ya existe."
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Añadir zona nueva"
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Maestro"
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Esclavo"
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Directa"
-#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
+#. Table header - DNS listing zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS configuradas"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "Ya se ha configurado una zona con el nombre especificado."
-#. Write settings dialog
-#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr ""
-"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?"
+msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?"
-#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración"
-#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
+#. Yes-No popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
"Se perderán todos los cambios.\n"
-"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin "
-"guardar?"
+"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin guardar?"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Aplicar cambios"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicio"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Opciones básicas"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Registro"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
msgid "ACLs"
msgstr "Listas ACL"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Claves TSIG"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "P&ermitir actualizaciones dinámicas"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Clave TSIG"
-#. check box
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
+#. check box
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "Activar transferencia de &zona"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "Generar a&utomáticamente los registros desde"
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "Zo&na"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "Zonas inversas conectadas"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1052,152 +1029,152 @@
"Esta función no está disponible durante la\n"
"preparación de la autoinstalación.\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna clave TSIG."
-#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
+#. Textentry - adding nameserver
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "Servidor de &nombres que desea añadir"
-#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
-#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
+#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
+#. selection box label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "Lista de servidores de no&mbres"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
+#. error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "El servidor de nombres especificado ya existe."
-#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
+#. Frame label - adding mail server
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "Servidor de correo que desea añadir"
-#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Dirección"
-#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
+#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. int field
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioridad"
-#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
+#. Table label - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "Lista de nodos de reenvío de correo"
-#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
+#. A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP ni un nombre de host válido."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
+#. error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "El servidor de correo especificado ya existe."
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Días"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "Semanas"
-#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
+#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "Seri&e"
-#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
+#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Unidad"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "Re&frescar"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "Un&idad"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "Reintent&ar"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "Ca&ducidad"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "U&nidad"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Mínimo"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "Uni&dad"
-#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
+#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "Se debe indicar el número de serie de la zona."
-#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
+#. error report, %1 is an integer
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "El número de serie no debe tener más de %1 dígitos de longitud."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1209,107 +1186,107 @@
"a la zona todo el tiempo desde los servidores de nombres esclavos.\n"
"¿Desea continuar?"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "Clave de ®istro"
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "T&ipo"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "Val&or"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Servicio"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "&Carga"
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Puerto"
-#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
+#. reverse zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv4"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "AAAA: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv6"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: servidor de nombres"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: transmisión de correo"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: traducción inversa"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "SRV: registro de servicios"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr "TXT: registro de texto"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr "SPF: marco de directiva de remitente"
-#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
+#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "Configuración del registro"
-#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
+#. Table label - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "Registros de recursos configurados"
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "Clave de registro"
-#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
+#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1318,32 +1295,29 @@
msgstr ""
"IPv6 inversa no válida.\n"
"\n"
-"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato "
-"completo (%1)\n"
+"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato completo (%1)\n"
"o en el formato relativo a la zona actual."
-#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
+#. (hostname or FQ)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Dirección IPv6 no válida."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
-"characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
-"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres "
-"imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n"
+"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n"
"excluido el signo \"=\", y debe tener al menos un carácter."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
-#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
+#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
+#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
@@ -1351,135 +1325,130 @@
"La longitud máxima de un registro %{type} es de %{max} caracteres.\n"
"Este mensaje tiene %{current} caracteres."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME no puede apuntar a sí mismo."
-#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
+#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "Error interno."
-#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
+#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "Editor de zonas"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "&Fundamentos"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "Registr&os NS"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "R&egistros"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "Registros M&X"
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "Ajustes para la zona"
-#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
+#. at least one NS server must be set
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un servidor NS."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name
-#.
-#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
-#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name
+#.
+#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
+#. DNS records manually from selected zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
-"feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
-"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona "
-"%1.\n"
-"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar "
-"automáticamente los registros desde."
+"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona %1.\n"
+"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar automáticamente los registros desde."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "IP del servidor DNS &maestro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "Falta el servidor maestro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
"If you continue, the current zone will be removed."
msgstr ""
"Todas las zonas esclavas deben tener definida su IP de servidor maestro.\n"
-"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un "
-"error.\n"
+"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un error.\n"
"Si continúa, la zona actual se eliminará."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "No se ha definido ningún servidor DNS maestro."
-#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
+#. A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida."
+msgstr "El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida."
-#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
+#. Textentry - adding forwarder
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección IP del &redireccionador nuevo"
-#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
+#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "Redireccionadores de la &zona actual"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "Editor de zona directa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
@@ -1489,8 +1458,8 @@
"que todas las consultas DNS de la zona se denegarán.\n"
"¿Seguro que desea denegar las consultas?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really exit?"
@@ -1498,13 +1467,13 @@
"Se perderán todos los cambios.\n"
"¿Está seguro de que desea salir?"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr "Con esta herramienta no se pueden editar zonas de este tipo."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -1512,18 +1481,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Espere, por favor...<br></p>"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cancelar el inicio</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en "
-"<b>Cancelar</b>.</p>"
+"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en <b>Cancelar</b>.</p>"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -1531,32 +1499,29 @@
"<p><big><b>Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS</b></big><br>\n"
"Por favor, espere...<br></p>"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big></b><br>\n"
-"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar.\n"
-"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una "
-"operación segura o no.</p>"
+"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en <b>Cancelar</b>.\n"
+"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.</p>"
-#. zone dialog
-#. help 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
+#. zone dialog
+#. help 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Nombre de zona</big></b><br>\n"
-"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado <b>Nombre de zona.</p>"
+"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado <b>Nombre de zona</b>.</p>"
-#. help 2/5, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43
+#. help 2/5, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n"
"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n"
@@ -1566,18 +1531,14 @@
"both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Actualizaciones de zona de DNS dinámico</big></b><br>\n"
-"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación "
-"dinámica\n"
-"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones "
-"DDNS,\n"
-"configure <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b> y la <b>Clave TSIG</b> "
-"que\n"
-"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los "
-"servidores\n"
+"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación dinámica\n"
+"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones DDNS,\n"
+"configure <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b> y la <b>Clave TSIG</b> que\n"
+"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los servidores\n"
"DHCP y DNS.</p>"
-#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
+#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1587,18 +1548,17 @@
"Para editar la configuración de una zona, seleccione la\n"
"entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse <b>Editar</b>.</p>"
-#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58
+#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para "
-"eliminarlo,\n"
+"<p>Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse <b>Añadir</b>. Para eliminarlo,\n"
"selección el registro y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62
+#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
@@ -1608,48 +1568,39 @@
"Para editar el registro SOA (Start of Authority) de la zona pulse en\n"
"<b>Editar SOA</b>.</p>"
-#. help 2/5 alt. 2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68
+#. help 2/5 alt. 2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
-"<b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servidores maestros</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta "
-"zona. La opción <b>Añadir</b>\n"
-"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya "
-"existente, selecciónelo y\n"
+"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta zona. La opción <b>Añadir</b>\n"
+"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya existente, selecciónelo y\n"
"haga clic en <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75
+#. help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tipo de zona</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccione <b>Maestro</b> para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen "
-"primario\n"
-"de los datos de la zona y <b>Esclavo</b> o <b>Stub</b> para que sea el "
-"servidor de nombres\n"
-"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el "
-"servidor\n"
+"Seleccione <b>Maestro</b> para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen primario\n"
+"de los datos de la zona y <b>Esclavo</b> o <b>Stub</b> para que sea el servidor de nombres\n"
+"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el servidor\n"
"maestro.</p>"
-#. help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
+#. help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
-"back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1657,13 +1608,12 @@
"<p><b><big>Dirección de la zona</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS se usa para resolver nombres de dominio en direcciones IP y viceversa.\n"
"Determine si esta zona debe emplearse para resolver nombres de dominio en\n"
-"direcciones IP (seleccione <b>Directa</b>) o direcciones IP en nombres de "
-"dominio\n"
+"direcciones IP (seleccione <b>Directa</b>) o direcciones IP en nombres de dominio\n"
"(seleccione <b>Inversa</b>).</p>\n"
-#. firewall dialog
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92
+#. firewall dialog
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n"
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
@@ -1671,11 +1621,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Clases de interfaz</big></b><br>\n"
"Seleccione las clases de interfaz que tendrán acceso al servidor DNS.\n"
-"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del "
-"cortafuegos.</p>\n"
+"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del cortafuegos.</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n"
@@ -1684,14 +1633,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adaptación de la configuración del cortafuegos</big></b>\n"
"Marque <b>Adaptar configuración del cortafuegos</b> para adaptar\n"
-"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través "
-"de todas las\n"
+"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través de todas las\n"
"interfaces de red a las que escucha.</p>\n"
-#. soa dialog
-#. help text 1/9
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355
+#. soa dialog
+#. help text 1/9
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>"
@@ -1699,8 +1647,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuración del registro SOA</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina las entradas del registro SOA.</p>"
-#. help text 2/9 - TTL
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110
+#. help text 2/9 - TTL
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110
msgid ""
"<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
@@ -1708,112 +1656,96 @@
"<p><b>$TTL</b> determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n"
"registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente.</p>"
-#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
+#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n"
"of the primary name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Origen primario</b> ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente "
-"cualificado\n"
+"<p><b>Origen primario</b> ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado\n"
"del servidor de nombres primario.</p>"
-#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118
+#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dirección del administrador</b> debe incluir la dirección de correo "
-"electrónico\n"
+"<p><b>Dirección del administrador</b> debe incluir la dirección de correo electrónico\n"
"del administrador responsable de la zona.</p>\n"
-#. help text 5/9 - Serial
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122
+#. help text 5/9 - Serial
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Número de <b>serie</b> que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha "
-"cambiado\n"
-"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen "
-"que sincronizar\n"
+"<p>Número de <b>serie</b> que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha cambiado\n"
+"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen que sincronizar\n"
"siempre toda la zona).</p>\n"
-#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370
+#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370
msgid ""
"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n"
"master name server to slave name servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Refrescar</b> define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser "
-"sincronizada\n"
-"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres "
-"esclavos.</p>"
+"<p><b>Refrescar</b> define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser sincronizada\n"
+"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres esclavos.</p>"
-#. help text 7/9 - Retry
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374
+#. help text 7/9 - Retry
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Reintentar</b> define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos "
-"intentarán\n"
+"<p><b>Reintentar</b> define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos intentarán\n"
"sincronizar la zona del servidor maestro si la sincronización falla.</p>"
-#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136
+#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Expiración</b> define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca "
-"en los\n"
-"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se "
-"sincroniza de nuevo.\n"
+"<p><b>Expiración</b> define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca en los\n"
+"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se sincroniza de nuevo.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384
+#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n"
"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mínimo</b> define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores "
-"esclavos deben\n"
+"<p><b>Mínimo</b> define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores esclavos deben\n"
"guardar en la caché las respuestas negativas (name resolution failed).</p>"
-#. ddns keys dialog
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147
+#. ddns keys dialog
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de "
-"zona.\n"
+"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de zona.\n"
"Para añadir una nueva clave TSIG, utilice la casilla de texto\n"
-"<b>Nombre de archivo</b> o el botón <b>Examinar</b> y pulse a continuación "
-"<b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse "
-"<b>Suprimir</b>.\n"
+"<b>Nombre de archivo</b> o el botón <b>Examinar</b> y pulse a continuación <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
+"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -1823,8 +1755,8 @@
"Active <b>Encendido</b> para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que arranque\n"
"el equipo. En caso contrario seleccione <b>Apagado</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -1834,8 +1766,8 @@
"Seleccione <b>Soporte LDAP activo</b> para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP\n"
"en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n"
@@ -1847,37 +1779,34 @@
"<b>Detener servidor DNS ahora</b>\n"
"para iniciar o detener el servidor DNS inmediatamente.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Redireccionadores</big></b><br>\n"
-"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará "
-"las\n"
+"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará las\n"
"preguntas que no pueda contestar.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
-#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
-#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set
-#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any
-#. of these check boxes.</p>
-#. ") +
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
+#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
+#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set
+#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any
+#. of these check boxes.</p>
+#. ") +
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su <b>Dirección IP</b> y "
-"pulse <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse "
-"<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su <b>Dirección IP</b> y pulse <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
+"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
@@ -1885,8 +1814,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Editar opciones del servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Aquí puede editar las opciones del servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n"
"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1898,48 +1827,41 @@
"<p>Para modificar una opción configurada, selecciónela en la tabla,\n"
"cambie su <b>Valor</b> y pulse <b>Cambiar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registro</big></b><br>\n"
-"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS."
-"</p>"
+"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
-"system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
-"and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seleccione <b>Registrar al registro del sistema</b> para guardar los "
-"mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n"
+"Seleccione <b>Registrar al registro del sistema</b> para guardar los mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n"
"Para guardarlos en un archivo distinto, seleccione <b>Registrar a\n"
-"archivo</b> y defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> en el que se guardará el "
-"registro y\n"
+"archivo</b> y defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> en el que se guardará el registro y\n"
"el <b>Tamaño máximo</b> del archivo de registro.\n"
-"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice "
-"la opción <b>Número máximo de versiones</b>\n"
+"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice la opción <b>Número máximo de versiones</b>\n"
"para especificar cuántos archivos de registro se deben guardar.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n"
"set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n"
@@ -1950,43 +1872,37 @@
"name server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>En <b>Registro adicional</b>,\n"
-"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se "
-"registran siempre.\n"
-" <b>Registrar todas las consultas DNS</b> registra todas las consultas del "
-"cliente al servidor DNS.\n"
-" <b>Registrar actualizaciones de zona</b> registra si se han actualizado los "
-"DNS.\n"
-" <b>Registrar transferencias de zona</b> registra cuando la zona se "
-"transfiere \n"
+"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se registran siempre.\n"
+" <b>Registrar todas las consultas DNS</b> registra todas las consultas del cliente al servidor DNS.\n"
+" <b>Registrar actualizaciones de zona</b> registra si se han actualizado los DNS.\n"
+" <b>Registrar transferencias de zona</b> registra cuando la zona se transfiere \n"
" completamente al servidor de nombres\n"
" secundario.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
"access to zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
-"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para "
-"controlar\n"
+"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para controlar\n"
"el acceso a las zonas.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n"
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para añadir una nueva entrada de ACL, basta con introducir el\n"
-"<b>nombre</b> y el <b>valor</b> de la opción y hacer clic en <b>Añadir.</b> "
-"Para eliminar una entrada\n"
+"<b>nombre</b> y el <b>valor</b> de la opción y hacer clic en <b>Añadir.</b> Para eliminar una entrada\n"
"de ACL ya definida, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Suprimir.</b></p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n"
@@ -1994,31 +1910,25 @@
"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Claves TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
-"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la "
-"configuración del\n"
-"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las "
-"actualizaciones\n"
+"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la configuración del\n"
+"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las actualizaciones\n"
"dinámicas de las zonas DNS (DDNS).</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para añadir una clave ya creada, defina el <b>Nombre de archivo</b>\n"
-"(o use el botón <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionarla) y haga clic en "
-"<b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> y el "
-"<b>ID de clave</b>\n"
-" y haga clic en <b>Generar</b>. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.\n"
+"(o use el botón <b>Examinar</b> para seleccionarla) y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
+" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el <b>Nombre de archivo</b> y el <b>ID de clave</b>\n"
+" y haga clic en <b>Generar</b>. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n"
"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -2026,8 +1936,8 @@
"<p>Para eliminar una clave existente, selecciónela y\n"
"pulse <b>Surprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
@@ -2035,83 +1945,70 @@
"<p><b><big>Zonas DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Este diálogo le permite administrar las zonas DNS.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en <b>Nombre de zona,\n"
+"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en <b>Nombre de zona,</b>\n"
"seleccione el <b>Tipo de zona</b> y haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b></p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
-"followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección "
-"IPv4 inversa\n"
-"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b> (por ejemplo, "
-"nombre de zona\n"
+"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv4 inversa\n"
+"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b> (por ejemplo, nombre de zona\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para la red <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n"
" seleccione el <b>Tipo de zona</b> y haga clic en <b>Añadir.</b></p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
-#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
+#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
-"followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
-"name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección "
-"IPv6 inversa\n"
+"<p>Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv6 inversa\n"
"seguida de <tt>%1</tt> como <b>Nombre de zona</b>. Se admiten varios\n"
"formatos para el nombre de zona: formato estándar, <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"formato de redireccionamiento, <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"formato de redireccionamiento sin bits de máscara de red, <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(se usan <tt>64</tt> bits de máscara de red por defecto).</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n"
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y "
-"los servidores de nombres\n"
+"<p>Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y los servidores de nombres\n"
"y de correo, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Editar zona.</b>\n"
-"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Borrar "
-"zona.</b></p>\n"
+"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en <b>Borrar zona.</b></p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
-"access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS y transferencia de zona</big></b><br>\n"
-"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona "
-"y controlar\n"
+"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona y controlar\n"
"el acceso a la zona.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n"
@@ -2119,13 +2016,12 @@
"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina <b>Permitir "
-"actualizaciones dinámicas</b>\n"
+"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina <b>Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas</b>\n"
"y seleccione la <b>Clave TSIG</b>. Se debe definir al menos una clave TSIG\n"
"antes de que la zona se pueda actualizar dinámicamente.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -2134,15 +2030,13 @@
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de "
-"zona</b>\n"
+"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de zona</b>\n"
"y seleccione las <b>ACLs</b> que se deberán comprobar\n"
-"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al "
-"menos una ACL\n"
+"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n"
"para que se permitan los transportes de zona.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327
+#. Zone Editor - Help
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n"
@@ -2151,12 +2045,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Los registros inversos de zona se pueden generar desde otra zona maestra.\n"
-"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione <b>Generar registros automáticamente desde\n"
+"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione <b>Generar registros automáticamente desde</b>\n"
"y escoja la zona maestra desde la que se generaran los registros.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
+#. Zone Editor - Help
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n"
@@ -2166,24 +2059,21 @@
"Si no es una zona inversa, puede ver las zonas que se hayan\n"
"generado a partir de ésta en el campo <b>Zonas inversas conectadas</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros NS</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor "
-"de nombres y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y "
-"haga clic en \n"
+"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor de nombres y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
+"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n"
"<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n"
@@ -2192,20 +2082,17 @@
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros MX</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la <b>Dirección</b> y la "
-"<b>Prioridad</b>\n"
+"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la <b>Dirección</b> y la <b>Prioridad</b>\n"
" y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n"
-"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y "
-"haga clic en \n"
+"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n"
"<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serie</b> es el número usado para determinar si la zona ha \n"
@@ -2213,8 +2100,8 @@
"(de forma que los servidores esclavos no tengan que sincronizar siempre\n"
"toda la zona).</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
@@ -2222,20 +2109,19 @@
"<p><b>TTL</b> determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n"
"registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Caducidad</b> indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los "
-"servidores\n"
+"<p><b>Caducidad</b> indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los servidores\n"
"esclavos y éstos dejan de responder hasta que se sincronizan.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n"
@@ -2243,27 +2129,23 @@
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros</big></b><br>\n"
-"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para "
-"añadir nuevos\n"
-"registros de recursos, defina la <b>Clave de registro</b>, el <b>Tipo</b> y "
-"el <b>Valor</b> y\n"
+"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para añadir nuevos\n"
+"registros de recursos, defina la <b>Clave de registro</b>, el <b>Tipo</b> y el <b>Valor</b> y\n"
"haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395
msgid ""
"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n"
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas "
-"que desee\n"
-"y haga clic en <b>Cambiar</b>. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y "
-"haga clic en \n"
+"<p>Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas que desee\n"
+"y haga clic en <b>Cambiar</b>. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n"
"<b>Suprimir</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
@@ -2271,8 +2153,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"Cada tipo de registro tiene su propia sintaxis definida en RFC.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
msgid ""
"<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n"
@@ -2284,8 +2166,8 @@
"nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n"
" <b>Valor</b> es una dirección IP.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n"
@@ -2295,34 +2177,30 @@
"an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio</b>:\n"
-"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o "
-"un\n"
+"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un\n"
"nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n"
"de host completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por\n"
"un registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: servidor de nombres</b>:\n"
-"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o "
-"un\n"
+"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o un\n"
"nombre de dominio absoluto seguido de un punto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n"
-"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n"
+"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n"
@@ -2331,59 +2209,52 @@
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>MX: transmisión de correo</b>:\n"
-"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos "
-"a la zona actual o un\n"
+"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos a la zona actual o un\n"
"nombre de host o un nombre de zona absolutos seguidos de un punto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n"
-"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n"
+"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>PTR: traducción inversa</b>:\n"
-"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de "
-"la dirección IP)\n"
+"<b>Clave de registro</b> es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de la dirección IP)\n"
"seguido de un punto\n"
-"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP "
-"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
+"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" o una parte de un nombre de zona inversa relativo a la zona actual\n"
"(como <tt>1</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> de la zona\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
"<b>Valor</b> es un nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.</p>\n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Finalización de la configuración</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración. \n"
+"<p>Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración.</p> \n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n"
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccione <b>Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos</b> para configurar\n"
-"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS."
-"</p>"
+"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n"
@@ -2391,48 +2262,43 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que se arranque el equipo, defina el \n"
-"comportamiento de inicio en <b>Activado</b>. Si desea lo contrario, defina "
-"<b>Desactivado.</b></p>\n"
+"comportamiento de inicio en <b>Activado</b>. Si desea lo contrario, defina <b>Desactivado.</b></p>\n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de "
-"configuración nativos,\n"
+"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos,\n"
"seleccione <b>Soporte LDAP activo</b>.</p>"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n"
"<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga "
-"clic en \n"
+"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga clic en \n"
"<b>Configuración experta del servidor DNS</b>.</p>"
-#. slave zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484
+#. slave zone help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n"
"<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Zona DNS esclava</b></big><br>\n"
-"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. "
-"Utilice\n"
-"<b>IP del servidor DNS maestro</b> para definir el servidor de nombres "
-"maestro.</p>"
+"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. Utilice\n"
+"<b>IP del servidor DNS maestro</b> para definir el servidor de nombres maestro.</p>"
-#. slave zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490
+#. slave zone help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -2441,15 +2307,13 @@
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Transporte de zona</b></big><br>\n"
-"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de "
-"zona</b></big><br>\n"
+"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina <b>Activar transferencia de zona</b></big><br>\n"
"y seleccione las <b>ACLs</b> que se deberán comprobar\n"
-"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al "
-"menos una ACL\n"
+"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n"
"para que se permitan los transportes de zona.</p>"
-#. forward zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498
+#. forward zone help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n"
@@ -2459,8 +2323,8 @@
"Este tipo de zona DNS sólo envía consultas DNS a los redireccionadores\n"
"definidos en ella.</p>"
-#. forward zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504
+#. forward zone help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n"
"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n"
@@ -2470,152 +2334,152 @@
"de la zona correspondiente se deniegan porque no hay ningún\n"
"servidor DNS al que enviarlas.</p>"
-#. %1 is usually an IP address
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159
+#. %1 is usually an IP address
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159
msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1"
msgstr "TIpo de registro desconocido: %1"
-#. table entry, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180
+#. table entry, %1 is IP address
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180
msgid "Host %1"
msgstr "Equipo host %1"
-#. combo box item, A is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188
+#. combo box item, A is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188
msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A -- traducción de nombre de dominio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201
msgid "&IP Addresses"
msgstr "Direcciones &IP"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218
msgid "Alias for %1"
msgstr "Alias de %1"
-#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226
+#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226
msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME -- alias para nombre de dominio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Alias"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240
msgid "&Base Host Name"
msgstr "Equipo host &base"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257
msgid "Pointer to %1"
msgstr "Indicador a %1"
-#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265
+#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265
msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR -- traducción inversa"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección &IP"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295
msgid "Name Server %1"
msgstr "Servidor de nombres %1"
-#. combo box item, NS is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303
+#. combo box item, NS is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303
msgid "NS -- Name Server"
msgstr "NS - servidor de nombres"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Dominio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317
msgid "&Name Server"
msgstr "Servidor de &nombres"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337
+#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337
msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2"
msgstr "Reenvío de correo %1, prioridad %2"
-#. combo box item, MX is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416
+#. combo box item, MX is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416
msgid "MX -- Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX -- reenvío de correo"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Nombre de &dominio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432
msgid "&Mail Relay"
msgstr "Reenvío de &correo"
-#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
+#. DNS server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Comprobar el entorno"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Vaciar caché del daemon DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Vaciando cachés del daemon DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
@@ -2623,73 +2487,73 @@
"Error al llamar a netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
-#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
+#. DNS server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Guardar archivos de configuración"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Actualizar archivos de zona"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Ajustar el servicio DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr "Llamar a netconfig"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Guardando archivos de configuración..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Actualizando archivos de zona..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Ajustando el servicio DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Llamando a netconfig..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..."
-#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
+#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2697,44 +2561,44 @@
"Error al iniciar el servicio nombrado.\n"
"\n"
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Aislada"
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Sugerida"
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "El servidor DNS se inicia al arrancar el sistema."
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "El servidor DNS no se inicia al arrancar el sistema."
-#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
+#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Zonas configuradas: %s"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "¿Activar el soporte LDAP?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2742,28 +2606,27 @@
"No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos.\n"
"El soporte LDAP no estará activado."
-#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
+#. BNC #679960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error desconocido al inicializar LDAP."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1."
-#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
+#. error report, %1 is ldap object
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
-msgstr ""
-"Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado."
+msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1. LDAP no será utilizado."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,271 +14,264 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Changes in Container"
msgstr "Cambios en contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Vía"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
-#. TODO translation
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid "&Exit"
msgstr "&Salir"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
msgid "Commit Container"
msgstr "Contenedor de asignación"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositorio"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nombre"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
msgid "Tag"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
msgid "Author"
msgstr "Autor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
msgid "Message"
msgstr "Mensaje"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
msgid "&Ok"
msgstr "&Aceptar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Inject Shell"
msgstr "Shell de inyección"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Target Shell"
msgstr "Shell de destino"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
msgstr "Error al ejecutar el terminal. Error: %{error}"
-#. Only root can start process
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
-msgstr ""
-"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo "
-"contrario, YaST se cerrará."
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo contrario, YaST se cerrará."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario "
-"root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente."
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
msgstr "Comunicación con docker fallida, error: %s. Inténtelo de nuevo."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea detener el contenedor en ejecución?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el contenedor?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
msgstr "¿Desea finalizar el contenedor en ejecución?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
msgid "&Images"
msgstr "&Imágenes"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
msgid "&Containers"
msgstr "&Contenedores"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Docker Images"
msgstr "Imágenes de docker"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "Ejecutando contenedores de docker"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr "ID de imagen"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
msgid "Created"
msgstr "Creado"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
msgid "Virtual Size"
msgstr "Tamaño virtual"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
msgid "Container ID"
msgstr "ID de contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imagen"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Comando"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr "Puertos"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "Act&ualizar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid "R&un"
msgstr "Ejec&utar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Suprimir"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
msgid "S&how Changes"
msgstr "M&ostrar cambios"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
msgid "Inject &Terminal"
msgstr "Inyectar &terminal"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
msgid "&Stop Container"
msgstr "&Detener contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
msgid "&Kill Container"
msgstr "&Finalizar contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "&Asignar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la imagen %s?"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
msgid "Run Container"
msgstr "Ejecutar contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
msgid "Host"
msgstr "Host"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Container"
msgstr "Contenedor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Añadir"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Eliminar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
msgid "Volumes"
msgstr "Volúmenes"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
msgid "Choose directory to share"
msgstr "Seleccione el directorio para compartir"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
msgid "Choose target directory"
msgstr "Seleccione el directorio de destino"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
msgid "Choose external port"
msgstr "Seleccione el puerto externo"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
msgid "Choose internal port"
msgstr "Seleccione el puerto interno"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,100 +14,100 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
-#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
+#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuración de DRBD"
-#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
-#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
msgid "DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD"
-#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
-#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
msgid "&DRBD"
msgstr "&DRBD"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of drbd
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: xwhu \n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -600,9 +411,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be "
-"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
-"everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -613,105 +422,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
-"port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
-"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
-"overridden by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, "
-"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
-"or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
-"occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
-"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in "
-"mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
-"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
-"overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
-"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
-"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
-"the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> "
-"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or "
-"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> "
-"request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name "
-"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will "
-"be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last "
-"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
-"in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
-"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
-"configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
-"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
-"will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , "
-"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
-"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at "
-"run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
-"performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
-"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
-"against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
-"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
-"(set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -725,211 +497,115 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
-"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
-"mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the "
-"port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(dirección_IP|nombrehost:"
-"númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) "
-"y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca "
-"de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n"
-"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>"
-"\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales y los "
-"indicadores de\n"
-"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar "
-"sangrados.\n"
+"<p><b><big>Servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(dirección_IP|nombrehost:númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n"
+"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales y los indicadores de\n"
+"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar sangrados.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Servidores reales</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombrehost[->"
-"dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y "
-"el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el "
-"valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n"
-"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. "
-"Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones <small>IP</small> "
-"(o dos nombres de host),\n"
-"en cuyo caso, cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el intervalo se tratará "
-"como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el "
-"método de reenvío,\n"
-"que debe ser <b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es "
-"opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un "
-"peso con el valor\n"
-"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-"
-"receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen "
-"al par\n"
-"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben "
-"entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP "
-"y\n"
-"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del "
-"servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para los servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> "
-"(distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la "
-"dirección <small>IP</small>\n"
-"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host "
-"que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n"
-"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está "
-"disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es "
-"masq. Esto se debe a\n"
-"la forma en la que funciona el código de <small>LVS</small> subyacente del "
-"núcleo.\n"
-"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas "
-"entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el "
-"número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas "
-"de correo electrónico y\n"
-"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer "
-"dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Servidores reales</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombrehost[->dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n"
+"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones <small>IP</small> (o dos nombres de host),\n"
+"en cuyo caso, cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el intervalo se tratará como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el método de reenvío,\n"
+"que debe ser <b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un peso con el valor\n"
+"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen al par\n"
+"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP y\n"
+"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Para los servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> (distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la dirección <small>IP</small>\n"
+"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n"
+"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es masq. Esto se debe a\n"
+"la forma en la que funciona el código de <small>LVS</small> subyacente del núcleo.\n"
+"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico y\n"
+"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar</b>|<b>externa</b>|"
-"<b>negociar</b>|<b>inactiva</b>|<b>activa</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>tiempo límite "
-"de comprobación</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una "
-"petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta "
-"realizar una conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>:\n"
-"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación "
-"es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en "
-"cada intento de conexión N\n"
-"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a "
-"menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la "
-"negociación. Ping significa\n"
-"que se usará un ping <small>ICMP</small> para probar la disponibilidad de "
-"los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de "
-"los servicios <small>UDP</small>. Inactiva\n"
-"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún "
-"servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán "
-"comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar</b>|<b>externa</b>|<b>negociar</b>|<b>inactiva</b>|<b>activa</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>tiempo límite de comprobación</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta realizar una conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>:\n"
+"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en cada intento de conexión N\n"
+"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la negociación. Ping significa\n"
+"que se usará un ping <small>ICMP</small> para probar la disponibilidad de los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de los servicios <small>UDP</small>. Inactiva\n"
+"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n"
"estarán siempre activados. La opción por defecto es <i>negociar</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>servicio</big> = DNS</b>|<b>FTP</b>|<b>HTTP</b>|<b>HTTPS</b>|"
-"<b>IMAP</b>|<b>IMAPS</b>|<b>LDAP</b>|<b>MySQL</b>|<b>NNTP</b>|<b>Ninguno</b>|"
-"<b>Oracle</b>|<b>PGSQL</b>|<b>POP</b>|<b>POPS</b>|<b>Radius</b>|<b>TCP "
-"simple</b>|<b>SIP</b>|<b>SMTP</b>\n"
-"</p><p>El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar "
-"en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n"
-"</p><p>TCP simple envía la cadena <b>request</b> al servidor y la prueba con "
-"la cadena RegExp de <b>receive</b>. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n"
-"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones <b>request</b> y "
-"<b>receive</b> para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>servicio</big> = DNS</b>|<b>FTP</b>|<b>HTTP</b>|<b>HTTPS</b>|<b>IMAP</b>|<b>IMAPS</b>|<b>LDAP</b>|<b>MySQL</b>|<b>NNTP</b>|<b>Ninguno</b>|<b>Oracle</b>|<b>PGSQL</b>|<b>POP</b>|<b>POPS</b>|<b>Radius</b>|<b>TCP simple</b>|<b>SIP</b>|<b>SMTP</b>\n"
+"</p><p>El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n"
+"</p><p>TCP simple envía la cadena <b>request</b> al servidor y la prueba con la cadena RegExp de <b>receive</b>. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n"
+"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones <b>request</b> y <b>receive</b> para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto:\n"
"</p>
\n"
"<dt>* El puerto del servidor virtual es el 21: FTP\n"
@@ -951,11 +627,8 @@
"</dt><dt>* Otros: ninguno\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"</b><i>vía al guion</i><b>"
-"\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando "
-"que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está "
-"correcto, el estado debe\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"</b><i>vía al guion</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está correcto, el estado debe\n"
"ser cero, y si no lo está, será otro valor.\n"
"</p><p>Al guion se le pasan cuatro parámetros:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* IP o marca de cortafuegos del servidor virtual\n"
@@ -966,112 +639,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Puerto de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de "
-"comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n"
+"</p><p>Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Petición</big> = \"</b><i>URI al objeto pedido</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor "
-"real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede "
-"verse\n"
+"</p><p>Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n"
"sustituida por una cadena request opcional basada en el servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser el nombre de un "
-"registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> en el que "
-"buscar.\n"
-"</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una "
-"consulta <small>SQL</small>. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o "
-"más filas, no los datos\n"
+"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser el nombre de un registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> en el que buscar.\n"
+"</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una consulta <small>SQL</small>. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o más filas, no los datos\n"
"devueltos. Este ajuste es obligatorio.\n"
-"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, "
-"excepto \n"
+"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, excepto \n"
" algunas apariciones que se sustituyen con un carácter de línea nueva.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Recepción</big> = \"</b><i>RegExp para comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena <i>RegExp para comparar,, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar "
-"entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n"
-"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de "
-"escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse "
-"literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n"
-"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor "
-"real.\n"
-"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser una de las "
-"direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro <small>PTR.\n"
+"</p><p>Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena <i>RegExp para comparar,</i>, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n"
+"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n"
+"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>En las comprobaciones de <small>DNS</small>, debe ser una de las direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro <small>PTR</small>.\n"
"</p><p>En las comprobaciones MySQL, la cadena receive no se usa.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Método HTTP</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para recoger "
-"el <small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena request. <small>GET</small> "
-"es\n"
-"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa "
-"<small>HEAD</small>, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Método HTTP</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para recoger el <small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena request. <small>GET</small> es\n"
+"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa <small>HEAD</small>, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Host virtual</big> = \"</b><i>nombrehost</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con <small>HTTP o <small>HTTPS</small>. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en "
-"la petición <small>HTTP</small>. En el\n"
-"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común "
-"del certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n"
-"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como "
-"último recurso, se usará la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con <small>HTTP</small> o <small>HTTPS</small>. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en la petición <small>HTTP</small>. En el\n"
+"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común del certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n"
+"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como último recurso, se usará la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Iniciar sesión</big> = \"</b><i>nombreusuario</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado "
-"para iniciar sesión.\n"
-"</p><p>Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de "
-"usuario.\n"
-"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como "
-"dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo "
-"<small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado para iniciar sesión.\n"
+"</p><p>Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de usuario.\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anónimo\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la "
-"configuración\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de "
-"host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una "
-"autenticación.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la configuración\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una autenticación.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>Contraseña</big> = \"</b><i>contraseña</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>La contraseña que se usa para iniciar sesión en los servidores "
-"<small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, "
-"<small>POP<b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y "
-"PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida "
-"por el ajuste <b>Recepción</b> anterior). Este\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>Nombre de base de datos</big> = \"</b><i>nombrebasedatos</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida por el ajuste <b>Recepción</b> anterior). Este\n"
"ajuste es obligatorio.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"</b><i>secretoRadius</i><b>\"\n"
-"</p><p>Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto "
-"usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario "
-"(establecido en el ajuste <b>Iniciar sesión</b> anterior) y la contraseña "
-"(establecida en\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"</b><i>secretoRadius</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido en el ajuste <b>Iniciar sesión</b> anterior) y la contraseña (establecida en\n"
"el ajuste <b>Contraseña</b> anterior).\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: cadena vacía.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1081,256 +710,195 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Máscara de red</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
-"</p><p>La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones "
-"de cliente persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones de cliente persistentes.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Programador</big> =</b> <i>nombre_del_programador</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El programador que usará <small>LVS</small> para el equilibrio de "
-"carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, "
-"consulte la página man <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
+"</p><p>El programador que usará <small>LVS</small> para el equilibrio de carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, consulte la página man <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Protocolo</big> = TCP</b>|<b>UDP</b>|<b>FWM</b>\n"
-"</p><p>El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como "
-"una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se "
-"indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n"
+"</p><p>El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n"
"el protocolo debe ser FWM.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un "
-"puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n"
-"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un "
-"puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y un puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n"
"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una marca de cortafuegos: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, "
-"externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara "
-"inactivo.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El "
-"tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede "
-"sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de "
-"negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n"
+"</p><p>Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara inactivo.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Tiempo límite de negociación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>El tiempo límite en segundos de las comprobaciones de negociación.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El "
-"tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir "
-"con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de "
-"conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Número de errores</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar "
-"sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. "
-"Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer "
-"error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos "
-"se restablece en 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se restablece en 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: 1\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"<i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre "
-"un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el "
-"servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n"
-"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente "
-"correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::"
-"Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los "
-"métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo_electrónico</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n"
+"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n\n"
-"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico "
-"mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. "
-"Si se establecen cero segundos,\n"
-"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos "
-"electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la "
-"opción\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. Si se establecen cero segundos,\n"
+"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la opción\n"
"de configuración del intervalo de comprobación.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|"
-"<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|"
-"<b>recargando</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se "
-"enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma "
-"abreviada\n"
-"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> "
-"<b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá "
-"especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos</b>|<b>ninguno</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>en ejecución</b>|<b>deteniendo</b>|<b>recargando</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. <b>todos</b> es una forma abreviada\n"
+"de indicar \"<b>iniciando,</b> <b>en ejecución,</b> <b>deteniendo,</b> <b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>ninguno,</b> no se podrá especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n"
"las opciones se comprueban y si alguna coincide se enviará una alerta.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: todos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:"
-"númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los "
-"servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de "
-"emergencia.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>Vuelta atrás</big> =</b> <i>dirección_IP|nombre_host[:númeropuerto|nombreservicio]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>Inactivos</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o "
-"de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS del núcleo.\n"
-"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se "
-"aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n"
-"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con "
-"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes "
-"seguirán\n"
-"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de "
-"persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las "
-"conexiones persistentes.\n"
-"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente "
-"comando:\n"
+"</p><p>Si el valor es <i>sí,</i> cuando se determina que el servidor real o de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo.\n"
+"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n"
+"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes seguirán\n"
+"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las conexiones persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente comando:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el "
-"núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS no está cargada\n"
-"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se "
-"ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el "
-"núcleo, si es posible.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta "
-"atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por "
-"defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se "
-"sustituye.\n"
+"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con <small>LVS</small> no está cargada\n"
+"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar <small>LVS</small> en el núcleo, si es posible.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define el valor <i>no,</i> los servidores real o de vuelta atrás se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del núcleo. El valor por defecto es <i>sí.</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n"
"</p><p>Por defecto: <i>sí</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-#. overwrite global value part
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
+#. overwrite global value part
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
msgid "Check Type"
msgstr "Tipo de comprobación"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
msgid "Check Port"
msgstr "Puerto de comprobación"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Servicio"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
msgstr "Comando de comprobación"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
msgid "Http Method"
msgstr "Método HTTP"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
msgid "Request"
msgstr "Petición"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
msgid "Receive"
msgstr "Recibir"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
msgid "Virtual Host"
msgstr "Host virtual"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Iniciar sesión"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contraseña"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr "Nombre de base de datos"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
msgid "Radius Secret"
msgstr "Secreto de Radius"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
msgid "Persistent"
msgstr "Persistente"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Máscara de red"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
msgstr "Programador"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
msgstr "Servidores virtuales"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Añadir"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Suprimir"
-#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
+#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
msgid "Virtual Server"
msgstr "Servidor virtual"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
msgid "Real Servers"
msgstr "Servidores reales"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
msgid "Check type"
msgstr "Tipo de comprobación"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
msgid "Auth type"
msgstr "Tipo de autenticación"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
msgid "Others"
msgstr "Otros"
-#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Aceptar"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. split the real server ip value;
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
msgid ""
"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
@@ -1338,98 +906,98 @@
"Si se usa IPv6, el formato debe ser como este:\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor real"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
msgid "Forward Method"
msgstr "Método de reenvío"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
msgid "weight"
msgstr "anchura"
-#. find next ]
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
msgid "IP address is not Valid"
msgstr "La dirección IP no es válida"
-#. tab switch events end
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
msgid "Add a new real server:"
msgstr "Agregar un servidor real nuevo:"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
msgid "Edit the real server:"
msgstr "Editar el servidor real:"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Read all iplb settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
+#. Read all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando configuración de IPLB"
-#. Names of real stages
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#. Names of real stages
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
msgid "Read the global settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración global"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
msgid "Read the virtual host settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración del host virtual"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
msgid "Reading the global settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración global..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del host virtual..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
-#. Write all iplb settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
+#. Write all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración de IPLB"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..."
-#. write global conf
-#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
-#. string key's format
-#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
-#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
-#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
+#. write global conf
+#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
+#. string key's format
+#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
+#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
+#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración."
-#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumen de configuración..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2017-04-20 11:36:43 UTC (rev 97300)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2017-04-20 11:37:52 UTC (rev 97301)
@@ -14,267 +14,260 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56
+#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator"
msgstr "Configuración de un iniciador iSCSI"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69
msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..."
msgstr "Guardando la configuración iSCSI..."
-#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85
+#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador iSCSI"
-#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89
+#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador &iSCSI"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "&Durante el arranque"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Durante el arranque"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "iSNS Address"
msgstr "Dirección iSNS"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "Puerto iSNS"
-#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "Nombre del &iniciador"
-#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
-#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
-#. shifting load from processor to card)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "&Descargar tarjeta"
-#. table of connected targets
-#. table of discovered targets
-#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
+#. table of connected targets
+#. table of discovered targets
+#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interfaz"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Dirección del portal"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Nombre de destino"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicio"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Añadir"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr "Desconectar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Conectado"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Descubrir"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Conectar"
-#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "No Discovery Authentication"
msgstr "Sin autenticación de descubrimiento"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Authentication by Initiator"
msgstr "Autenticación por iniciador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Usuario"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contraseña"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Authentication by Targets"
msgstr "Autenticación por destinos"
-#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
+#. authentication dialog for add target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Login Authentication"
msgstr "Sin autenticación de entrada"
-#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Inicio"
-#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
msgid "manual"
msgstr "manual"
-#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
msgid "onboot"
msgstr "en el arranque"
-#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "automatic"
msgstr "automático"
-#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
+#. widget for portal address
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Puerto"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Clave"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
+#. service status dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Servicio"
-#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
+#. list og connected targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Destinos conectados"
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Destinos descubiertos"
-#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
+#. main tabbed dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Descripción de iniciador iSCSI"
-#. discovery new target
-#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130
+#. discovery new target
+#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
+#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>"
-#. authentication dialog for add new target
-#. list of connected targets
-#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
+#. authentication dialog for add new target
+#. list of connected targets
+#. authentication for connect to portal
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "Descubrimiento de iniciador iSCSI"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. |***************************************************************************
-#. |
-#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc.
-#. | All Rights Reserved.
-#. |
-#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. | published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. |
-#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. | GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. |
-#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. |
-#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#. |
-#. |***************************************************************************
-#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client
-#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs
-#. Authors: Michal Zugec